non-PCH build fix (according to Tinderbox).

[wxWidgets.git] / src / msw / window.cpp

diff --git a/src/msw/window.cpp b/src/msw/window.cpp
index a8fd5cc4e3abb548e7e28e1635ae427965d009ac..89faa57b7fd095c7f58fc8bf4d0d07a4d0cc6d12 100644 (file)
--- a/src/msw/window.cpp
+++ b/src/msw/window.cpp
@@ -1,17 +1,21 @@
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

-// Name:        windows.cpp
-// Purpose:     wxWindow
+// Name:        src/msw/window.cpp
+// Purpose:     wxWindowMSW

 // Author:      Julian Smart
 // Author:      Julian Smart

-// Modified by:
+// Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation

 // Created:     04/01/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Created:     04/01/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$

-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
-// Licence:     wxWindows license
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 

-#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma implementation "window.h"
-#endif
+// ===========================================================================
+// declarations
+// ===========================================================================
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
 
 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
 #include "wx/wxprec.h"


@@ -20,50 +24,80 @@
     #pragma hdrstop
 #endif
 
     #pragma hdrstop
 #endif
 

+#include "wx/window.h"
+

 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP

-    #include "wx/setup.h"
+    #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
+    #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
+    #include "wx/msw/missing.h"
+    #include "wx/accel.h"

     #include "wx/menu.h"
     #include "wx/dc.h"
     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
     #include "wx/menu.h"
     #include "wx/dc.h"
     #include "wx/dcclient.h"

+    #include "wx/dcmemory.h"

     #include "wx/utils.h"
     #include "wx/app.h"
     #include "wx/utils.h"
     #include "wx/app.h"

-    #include "wx/panel.h"

     #include "wx/layout.h"
     #include "wx/dialog.h"
     #include "wx/frame.h"
     #include "wx/listbox.h"
     #include "wx/button.h"
     #include "wx/layout.h"
     #include "wx/dialog.h"
     #include "wx/frame.h"
     #include "wx/listbox.h"
     #include "wx/button.h"

-    #include "wx/settings.h"

     #include "wx/msgdlg.h"
     #include "wx/msgdlg.h"

-
-    #include <stdio.h>
+    #include "wx/settings.h"
+    #include "wx/statbox.h"
+    #include "wx/sizer.h"
+    #include "wx/intl.h"
+    #include "wx/log.h"
+    #include "wx/textctrl.h"
+    #include "wx/menuitem.h"
+    #include "wx/module.h"

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#if     wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)

     #include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
 #endif
 
     #include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
 #endif
 

-#if     wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    #include "wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h"
+#include "wx/evtloop.h"
+#include "wx/power.h"
+#include "wx/sysopt.h"
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+    #include "wx/dnd.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
+    #include "wx/access.h"
+    #include <ole2.h>
+    #include <oleacc.h>
+    #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT
+        #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D
+    #endif
+    #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT
+        #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC
+    #endif

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#include "wx/menuitem.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
+#include "wx/msw/private.h"

 
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS

-#include "wx/tooltip.h"
+    #include "wx/tooltip.h"

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
+#if wxUSE_CARET
+    #include "wx/caret.h"
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET

 
 

-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
+    #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL

 
 

-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
+#include "wx/notebook.h"
+#include "wx/listctrl.h"
+#include "wx/dynlib.h"

 
 #include <string.h>
 
 
 #include <string.h>
 

-#ifndef __GNUWIN32__
+#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)

     #include <shellapi.h>
     #include <mmsystem.h>
 #endif
     #include <shellapi.h>
     #include <mmsystem.h>
 #endif


@@ -72,5050 +106,6497 @@
     #include <windowsx.h>
 #endif
 
     #include <windowsx.h>
 #endif
 

-#if (defined(__WIN95__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32__)) || defined(__TWIN32__)
-#include <commctrl.h>
+#if !defined __WXWINCE__ && !defined NEED_PBT_H
+    #include <pbt.h>

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#ifndef __TWIN32__
-    #ifdef __GNUWIN32__
-        #include <wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h>
-    #endif
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h"
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+    #include <windows.h>
+    #include <shellapi.h>
+    #include <ole2.h>
+    #include <aygshell.h>

 #endif
 #endif

-
-// all these are defined in <windows.h>
-#ifdef GetCharWidth
-#undef GetCharWidth

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#ifdef FindWindow
-#undef FindWindow
+#if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
+    #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+#endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent()
+
+// if this is set to 1, we use deferred window sizing to reduce flicker when
+// resizing complicated window hierarchies, but this can in theory result in
+// different behaviour than the old code so we keep the possibility to use it
+// by setting this to 0 (in the future this should be removed completely)
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+#define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 0
+#else
+#define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 1

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#ifdef GetClassName
-#undef GetClassName
+// set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events
+// when mouse position didnd't change
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0
+#else
+    #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#ifdef GetClassInfo
-#undef GetClassInfo
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global variables
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+#else
+extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#ifdef  __WXDEBUG__
-    const char *wxGetMessageName(int message);
-#endif  //__WXDEBUG__
+// true if we had already created the std colour map, used by
+// wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged()           (FIXME-MT)
+static bool gs_hasStdCmap = false;

 
 

-#define WINDOW_MARGIN 3 // This defines sensitivity of Leave events
+// last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+static struct MouseEventInfoDummy
+{
+    // mouse position (in screen coordinates)
+    wxPoint pos;

 
 

-wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
-extern wxList WXDLLEXPORT wxPendingDelete;
+    // last mouse event type
+    wxEventType type;
+} gs_lastMouseEvent;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// private functions
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// the window proc for all our windows
+LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message,
+                                   WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+
+
+#ifdef  __WXDEBUG__
+    const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message);
+#endif  //__WXDEBUG__

 
 

-void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindow *win);
-void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindow *win);
+void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win);
+extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win);

 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
 
 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
 

-#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
-    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
-#endif
+// get the text metrics for the current font
+static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win);

 
 

-BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
-    EVT_CHAR(wxWindow::OnChar)
-    EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindow::OnEraseBackground)
-    EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged)
-    EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindow::OnInitDialog)
-    EVT_IDLE(wxWindow::OnIdle)
-END_EVENT_TABLE()
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+// find the window for the mouse event at the specified position
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y);
+#endif // __WXWINCE__

 
 

-// Find an item given the MS Windows id
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindItem(int id) const
+// wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API
+static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)

 {
 {

-//    if (!GetChildren())
-//        return NULL;
-    wxNode *current = GetChildren().First();
-    while (current)
-    {
-        wxWindow *childWin = (wxWindow *)current->Data();
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+    // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top,
+    // which can be the wrong one.

 
 

-        wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id) ;
-        if (wnd)
-            return wnd ;
+    // activate (set focus to) specified window
+    ::SetFocus(hwnd);
+#endif

 
 

-        if (childWin->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
-        {
-            wxControl *item = (wxControl *)childWin;
-            if (item->GetId() == id)
-                return item;
-            else
-            {
-                // In case it's a 'virtual' control (e.g. radiobox)
-                if (item->GetSubcontrols().Member((wxObject *)id))
-                    return item;
-            }
-        }
-        current = current->Next();
+    // raise top level parent to top of z order
+    if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE))
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));

     }
     }

-    return NULL;

 }
 
 }
 

-// Find an item given the MS Windows handle
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+
+// ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style
+static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent)

 {
 {

-//    if (!GetChildren())
-//        return NULL;
-    wxNode *current = GetChildren().First();
-    while (current)
+    /*
+       If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our
+       parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using
+       GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as
+       IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed,
+       all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently
+       focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but
+       unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never
+       get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style,
+       GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent,
+       but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later
+       on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either.
+     */
+    while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() )

     {
     {

-        wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)current->Data() ;
-        // Do a recursive search.
-        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)obj ;
-        wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd) ;
-        if (wnd)
-            return wnd ;
-
-        if ((!controlOnly) || obj->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
+        LONG exStyle = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+        if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )

         {
         {

-            wxWindow *item = (wxWindow *)current->Data();
-            if ((HWND)(item->GetHWND()) == (HWND) hWnd)
-                return item;
-            else
-            {
-                if ( item->ContainsHWND(hWnd) )
-                    return item;
-            }
+            // force the parent to have this style
+            ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE,
+                            exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);

         }
         }

-        current = current->Next();
+
+        parent = parent->GetParent();

     }
     }

-    return NULL;

 }
 
 }
 

-// Default command handler
-bool wxWindow::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__

 
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWNotify(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam),
-                         WXLPARAM lParam,
-                         WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result))
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+// On Windows CE, GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function
+// instead
+bool GetCursorPosWinCE(POINT* pt)

 {
 {

-#ifdef __WIN95__
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
-    if ( hdr->code == TTN_NEEDTEXT && m_tooltip )
+    if (!GetCursorPos(pt))

     {
     {

-        TOOLTIPTEXT *ttt = (TOOLTIPTEXT *)lParam;
-        ttt->lpszText = (char *)m_tooltip->GetTip().c_str();
-
-        // processed
-        return TRUE;
+        DWORD pos = GetMessagePos();
+        pt->x = LOWORD(pos);
+        pt->y = HIWORD(pos);

     }
     }

-#endif
+    return true;
+}

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-    return FALSE;
-}
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// event tables
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-void wxWindow::PreDelete(WXHDC WXUNUSED(dc))
-{
-}
+// in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu()
+// method
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
+#else // __WXMSW__
+#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
+
+// windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, eg. spin controls in a calendar controls
+// must never been streamed out separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, as
+// windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway

 
 

-WXHWND wxWindow::GetHWND(void) const
+bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & )

 {
 {

-    return (WXHWND) m_hWnd;
+    const wxWindow * win = dynamic_cast<const wxWindow*>(object) ;
+    if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 )
+        return false ;
+    return true ;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase,"wx/window.h", wxWindowStreamingCallback)
+
+// make wxWindowList known before the property is used
+
+wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow* , wxWindowList ) ;
+
+template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, wxxVariantArray &value)

 {
 {

-    m_hWnd = hWnd;
+    wxListCollectionToVariantArray<wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator>( theList , value ) ;

 }
 
 }
 

-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constructors and such
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )

 
 

-void wxWindow::Init()
-{
-    m_isWindow = TRUE;
-
-    // Generic
-//    m_windowCursor = * wxSTANDARD_CURSOR;
-    m_windowId = 0;
-    m_isShown = TRUE;
-    m_windowStyle = 0;
-    m_windowParent = NULL;
-    m_windowEventHandler = this;
-    m_children = new wxList;
-    m_doubleClickAllowed = 0 ;
-    m_winCaptured = FALSE;
-    m_constraints = NULL;
-    m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
-    m_windowSizer = NULL;
-    m_sizerParent = NULL;
-    m_autoLayout = FALSE;
-    m_windowValidator = NULL;
-
-    // MSW-specific
-    m_hWnd = 0;
-    m_winEnabled = TRUE;
-    m_caretWidth = m_caretHeight = 0;
-    m_caretEnabled =
-    m_caretShown = FALSE;
-    m_inOnSize = FALSE;
-    m_minSizeX =
-    m_minSizeY =
-    m_maxSizeX =
-    m_maxSizeY = -1;
-
-    m_isBeingDeleted = FALSE;
-    m_oldWndProc = 0;
-#ifndef __WIN32__
-    m_globalHandle = 0;
-#endif
-    m_useCtl3D = FALSE;
-    m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
+wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
+    // new style border flags, we put them first to
+    // use them for streaming out

 
 

-    m_windowParent = NULL;
-    m_defaultItem = NULL;
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)

 
 

-    wxSystemSettings settings;
+    // old style border flags
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)

 
 

-    m_backgroundColour = settings.GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE) ;
-    m_foregroundColour = *wxBLACK;
+    // standard window styles
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)

 
 

-    // wxWnd
-    m_lastMsg = 0;
-    m_lastWParam = 0;
-    m_lastLParam = 0;
-    m_hMenu = 0;
+wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )

 
 

-    m_xThumbSize = 0;
-    m_yThumbSize = 0;
-    m_backgroundTransparent = FALSE;
+wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow)
+    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close , wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW , wxCloseEvent)
+    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create , wxEVT_CREATE , wxWindowCreateEvent )
+    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy , wxEVT_DESTROY , wxWindowDestroyEvent )
+    // Always constructor Properties first

 
 

-    m_lastXPos = (float)-1.0;
-    m_lastYPos = (float)-1.0;
-    m_lastEvent = -1;
-    m_returnCode = 0;
+    wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+    wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, -1 /*wxID_ANY*/ , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
+    wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition , GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // pos
+    wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // size
+    wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style

 
 

-#if  wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    m_pDropTarget = NULL;
-#endif
+    // Then all relations of the object graph

 
 

-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    m_tooltip = NULL;
-#endif
-}
+    wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children , wxWindowList , wxWindowBase* , GetWindowChildren , wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))

 
 

-wxWindow::wxWindow()
-{
-    Init();
-}
+   // and finally all other properties

 
 

-// Destructor
-wxWindow::~wxWindow()
-{
-    m_isBeingDeleted = TRUE;
+    wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle , long , SetExtraStyle , GetExtraStyle , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // extstyle
+    wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour , wxColour , SetBackgroundColour , GetBackgroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // bg
+    wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour , wxColour , SetForegroundColour , GetForegroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // fg
+    wxPROPERTY( Enabled , bool , Enable , IsEnabled , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+    wxPROPERTY( Shown , bool , Show , IsShown , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+#if 0
+    // possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses
+    wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxEmptyString )
+    wxPROPERTY( Font , wxFont , SetFont , GetWindowFont  , )
+    wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxEmptyString )
+    // MaxHeight, Width , MinHeight , Width
+    // TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels

 
 

-    // first of all, delete the things on which nothing else depends
+    wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled , bool , SetThemeEnabled , GetThemeEnabled , )
+    //wxPROPERTY( Cursor , wxCursor , SetCursor , GetCursor , )
+    // wxPROPERTY( ToolTip , wxString , SetToolTip , GetToolTipText , )
+    wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout , bool , SetAutoLayout , GetAutoLayout , )

 
 

-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    wxDELETE(m_tooltip);
-#endif

 
 

-    // JACS - if behaviour is odd, restore this
-    // to the start of ~wxWindow. Vadim has changed
-    // it to nearer the end. Unsure of side-effects
-    // e.g. when deleting associated global data.
-    // Restore old Window proc, if required
-    //  UnsubclassWin();

 
 

-    // Have to delete constraints/sizer FIRST otherwise
-    // sizers may try to look at deleted windows as they
-    // delete themselves.
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-    DeleteRelatedConstraints();
+#endif
+wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()

 
 

-    if (m_constraints)
-    {
-        // This removes any dangling pointers to this window
-        // in other windows' constraintsInvolvedIn lists.
-        UnsetConstraints(m_constraints);
-        delete m_constraints;
-        m_constraints = NULL;
-    }
+wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow)
+wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()

 
 

-    wxDELETE(m_windowSizer);
+wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow)

 
 

-    // If this is a child of a sizer, remove self from parent
-    if (m_sizerParent)
-        m_sizerParent->RemoveChild((wxWindow *)this);
+#else
+    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase)

 #endif
 #endif

+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__

 
 

-    // wxWnd
-    MSWDetachWindowMenu();
-
-    if (m_windowParent)
-        m_windowParent->RemoveChild(this);
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
+    EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged)
+    EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground)
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog)
+#endif
+END_EVENT_TABLE()

 
 

-    DestroyChildren();
+// ===========================================================================
+// implementation
+// ===========================================================================

 
 

-    if (m_hWnd)
-        ::DestroyWindow((HWND)m_hWnd);
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWindow utility functions
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-    wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
-    m_hWnd = 0;
-#ifndef __WIN32__
-    if (m_globalHandle)
+// Find an item given the MS Windows id
+wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
+{
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl);
+    if ( item )

     {
     {

-        GlobalFree((HGLOBAL) m_globalHandle);
-        m_globalHandle = 0;
+        // is it us or one of our "internal" children?
+        if ( item->GetId() == id
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+                || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND)
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+           )
+        {
+            return item;
+        }

     }
     }

-#endif
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while (current)
+    {
+        wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();

 
 

-    delete m_children;
-    m_children = NULL;
+        wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id);
+        if ( wnd )
+            return wnd;

 
 

-    // Just in case the window has been Closed, but
-    // we're then deleting immediately: don't leave
-    // dangling pointers.
-    wxPendingDelete.DeleteObject(this);
+        current = current->GetNext();
+    }

 
 

-    // Just in case we've loaded a top-level window via
-    // wxWindow::LoadNativeDialog but we weren't a dialog
-    // class
-    wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject(this);
+    return NULL;
+}

 
 

-    if ( m_windowValidator )
-        delete m_windowValidator;
+// Find an item given the MS Windows handle
+wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
+{
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while (current)
+    {
+        wxWindow *parent = current->GetData();

 
 

-    // Restore old Window proc, if required
-    // and remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
-    UnsubclassWin();
+        // Do a recursive search.
+        wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd);
+        if ( wnd )
+            return wnd;
+
+        if ( !controlOnly
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+                || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl))
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+           )
+        {
+            wxWindow *item = current->GetData();
+            if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd )
+                return item;
+            else
+            {
+                if ( item->ContainsHWND(hWnd) )
+                    return item;
+            }
+        }
+
+        current = current->GetNext();
+    }
+    return NULL;

 }
 
 }
 

-// Destroy the window (delayed, if a managed window)
-bool wxWindow::Destroy()
+// Default command handler
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))

 {
 {

-    delete this;
-    return TRUE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 }
 

-extern char wxCanvasClassName[];
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constructors and such
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-// real construction (Init() must have been called before!)
-bool wxWindow::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                      const wxPoint& pos,
-                      const wxSize& size,
-                      long style,
-                      const wxString& name)
+void wxWindowMSW::Init()

 {
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( parent, FALSE, "can't create wxWindow without parent" );
+    // MSW specific
+    m_isBeingDeleted = false;
+    m_oldWndProc = NULL;
+    m_mouseInWindow = false;
+    m_lastKeydownProcessed = false;

 
 

-    parent->AddChild(this);
+    m_childrenDisabled = NULL;
+    m_frozenness = 0;

 
 

-    SetName(name);
+    m_hWnd = 0;
+    m_hDWP = 0;

 
 

-    if ( id == -1 )
-        m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
-    else
-        m_windowId = id;
+    m_xThumbSize = 0;
+    m_yThumbSize = 0;

 
 

-    int x = pos.x;
-    int y = pos.y;
-    int width = size.x;
-    int height = size.y;
+    m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition;
+    m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize;

 
 

-    // To be consistent with wxGTK
-    if (width == -1)
-        width = 20;
-    if (height == -1)
-        height = 20;
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+    m_contextMenuEnabled = false;
+#endif
+}

 
 

-    wxSystemSettings settings;
+// Destructor
+wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
+{
+    m_isBeingDeleted = true;

 
 

-    m_windowStyle = style;
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us:
+    for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )
+    {
+        wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow);
+        if ( frame )
+        {
+            if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this )
+            {
+                frame->SetLastFocus(NULL);
+            }

 
 

-    DWORD msflags = 0;
-    if (style & wxBORDER)
-        msflags |= WS_BORDER;
-    if (style & wxTHICK_FRAME)
-        msflags |= WS_THICKFRAME;
+            // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent
+            // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling
+            // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to
+            // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop
+            //break;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__

 
 

-    msflags |= WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE;
-    if (style & wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
-        msflags |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
+    // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent.
+    //     If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able
+    //     find their parent frame (see above).
+    DestroyChildren();

 
 

-    bool want3D;
-    WXDWORD exStyle = Determine3DEffects(WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE, &want3D) ;
+    if ( m_hWnd )
+    {
+        // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here
+        //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd()))
+        {
+            if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) )
+                wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow"));
+        }

 
 

-    // Even with extended styles, need to combine with WS_BORDER
-    // for them to look right.
-    if (want3D || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSUNKEN_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER))
-        msflags |= WS_BORDER;
+        // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
+        wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
+    }

 
 

-    MSWCreate(m_windowId, parent, wxCanvasClassName, this, NULL,
-              x, y, width, height, msflags, NULL, exStyle);
+    delete m_childrenDisabled;

 
 

-    return TRUE;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetFocus()
+// real construction (Init() must have been called before!)
+bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                         wxWindowID id,
+                         const wxPoint& pos,
+                         const wxSize& size,
+                         long style,
+                         const wxString& name)

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetFocus(hWnd);
-}
+    wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") );

 
 

-void wxWindow::Enable(bool enable)
-{
-    m_winEnabled = enable;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
-}
+    if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
+        return false;

 
 

-void wxWindow::CaptureMouse()
-{
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd && !m_winCaptured)
+    parent->AddChild(this);
+
+    WXDWORD exstyle;
+    DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle);
+
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    // no borders, we draw them ourselves
+    exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME |
+                 WS_EX_STATICEDGE |
+                 WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE |
+                 WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE);
+    msflags &= ~WS_BORDER;
+#endif // wxUniversal
+
+    if ( IsShown() )

     {
     {

-        SetCapture(hWnd);
-        m_winCaptured = TRUE;
+        msflags |= WS_VISIBLE;

     }
     }

+
+    if ( !MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) )
+        return false;
+
+    InheritAttributes();
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::ReleaseMouse()
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// basic operations
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus()

 {
 {

-    if (m_winCaptured)
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") );
+
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    ::SetLastError(0);
+#endif
+
+    if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) )

     {
     {

-        ReleaseCapture();
-        m_winCaptured = FALSE;
+#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
+        // was there really an error?
+        DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError();
+        if ( dwRes )
+        {
+            HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
+            if ( hwndFocus != hWnd )
+            {
+                wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes);
+            }
+        }
+#endif // Debug

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
+void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd()

 {
 {

-    m_acceleratorTable = accel;
-}
+    // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from
+    // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the
+    // same LNF as the native programs
+    if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL )
+    {
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1);
+    }

 
 

+    // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when
+    // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already
+    // set correctly -- this may be important
+    wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd();
+}

 
 

-// Push/pop event handler (i.e. allow a chain of event handlers
-// be searched)
-void wxWindow::PushEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler)
+// Get the window with the focus
+wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus()

 {
 {

-    handler->SetNextHandler(GetEventHandler());
-    SetEventHandler(handler);
+    HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
+    if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
+    }
+
+    return NULL;

 }
 
 }
 

-wxEvtHandler *wxWindow::PopEventHandler(bool deleteHandler)
+bool wxWindowMSW::Enable(bool enable)

 {
 {

-    if ( GetEventHandler() )
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::Enable(enable) )
+        return false;
+
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+        ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
+
+    // the logic below doesn't apply to the top level windows -- otherwise
+    // showing a modal dialog would result in total greying out (and ungreying
+    // out later) of everything which would be really ugly
+    if ( IsTopLevel() )
+        return true;
+
+    // when the parent is disabled, all of its children should be disabled as
+    // well but when it is enabled back, only those of the children which
+    // hadn't been already disabled in the beginning should be enabled again,
+    // so we have to keep the list of those children
+    for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+          node;
+          node = node->GetNext() )

     {
     {

-        wxEvtHandler *handlerA = GetEventHandler();
-        wxEvtHandler *handlerB = handlerA->GetNextHandler();
-        handlerA->SetNextHandler(NULL);
-        SetEventHandler(handlerB);
-        if ( deleteHandler )
+        wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
+        if ( child->IsTopLevel() )

         {
         {

-            delete handlerA;
-            return NULL;
+            // the logic below doesn't apply to top level children
+            continue;

         }
         }

-        else
-            return handlerA;
-    }
-    else
-        return NULL;
-}

 
 

-#if    wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+        if ( enable )
+        {
+            // re-enable the child unless it had been disabled before us
+            if ( !m_childrenDisabled || !m_childrenDisabled->Find(child) )
+                child->Enable();
+        }
+        else // we're being disabled
+        {
+            if ( child->IsEnabled() )
+            {
+                // disable it as children shouldn't stay enabled while the
+                // parent is not
+                child->Disable();
+            }
+            else // child already disabled, remember it
+            {
+                // have we created the list of disabled children already?
+                if ( !m_childrenDisabled )
+                    m_childrenDisabled = new wxWindowList;

 
 

-void wxWindow::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
-{
-    if ( m_pDropTarget != 0 ) {
-        m_pDropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
-        delete m_pDropTarget;
+                m_childrenDisabled->Append(child);
+            }
+        }

     }
 
     }
 

-    m_pDropTarget = pDropTarget;
-    if ( m_pDropTarget != 0 )
-        m_pDropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+    if ( enable && m_childrenDisabled )
+    {
+        // we don't need this list any more, don't keep unused memory
+        delete m_childrenDisabled;
+        m_childrenDisabled = NULL;
+    }

 
 

+    return true;
+}

 
 

-//old style file-manager drag&drop support
-// I think we should retain the old-style
-// DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
-// JACS
-void wxWindow::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
+bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show)

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
-}
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) )
+        return false;

 
 

-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// tooltips
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();

 
 

-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+    // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is
+    // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g.
+    //
+    //      wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo;
+    //      foo->Hide();
+    //      foo->Create(parent, ...);
+    //
+    // should work without errors
+    if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE);
+    }

 
 

-void wxWindow::SetToolTip(const wxString &tip)
-{
-    SetToolTip(new wxToolTip(tip));
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
+// Raise the window to the top of the Z order
+void wxWindowMSW::Raise()

 {
 {

-    if ( m_tooltip )
-        delete m_tooltip;
-
-    m_tooltip = tooltip;
-    m_tooltip->SetWindow(this);
+    wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd());

 }
 
 }
 

-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-// Get total size
-void wxWindow::GetSize(int *x, int *y) const
+// Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order
+void wxWindowMSW::Lower()

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    RECT rect;
-    GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
-    *x = rect.right - rect.left;
-    *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+    ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+                   SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse()

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HWND hParentWnd = 0;
-    if (GetParent())
-        hParentWnd = (HWND) GetParent()->GetHWND();
-
-    RECT rect;
-    GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
-
-    // Since we now have the absolute screen coords,
-    // if there's a parent we must subtract its top left corner
-    POINT point;
-    point.x = rect.left;
-    point.y = rect.top;
-    if (hParentWnd)
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )

     {
     {

-        ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
+        ::SetCapture(hWnd);

     }
     }

+}

 
 

-    // We may be faking the client origin.
-    // So a window that's really at (0, 30) may appear
-    // (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
-    if (GetParent())
+void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse()
+{
+    if ( !::ReleaseCapture() )

     {
     {

-        wxPoint pt(GetParent()->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-        point.x -= pt.x;
-        point.y -= pt.y;
+        wxLogLastError(_T("ReleaseCapture"));

     }
     }

-    *x = point.x;
-    *y = point.y;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::ScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
+/* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture()

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    POINT pt;
-    pt.x = *x;
-    pt.y = *y;
-
-    ::ScreenToClient(hWnd, &pt);
-
-    *x = pt.x;
-    *y = pt.y;
+    HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture();
+    return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd) : (wxWindow *)NULL;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::ClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    POINT pt;
-    pt.x = *x;
-    pt.y = *y;
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) )
+    {
+        // nothing to do
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd != 0 )
+    {
+        WXHANDLE hFont = m_font.GetResourceHandle();

 
 

-    ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &pt);
+        wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") );

 
 

-    *x = pt.x;
-    *y = pt.y;
-}
+        ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0));
+    }

 
 

-void wxWindow::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
+    return true;
+}
+bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)

 {
 {

-    m_windowCursor = cursor;
-    if (m_windowCursor.Ok())
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) )

     {
     {

-        HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-
-        // Change the cursor NOW if we're within the correct window
-        POINT point;
-        ::GetCursorPos(&point);
-
-        RECT rect;
-        ::GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
+        // no change
+        return false;
+    }

 
 

-        if (::PtInRect(&rect, point) && !wxIsBusy())
-            ::SetCursor((HCURSOR) m_windowCursor.GetHCURSOR());
+    // don't "overwrite" busy cursor
+    if ( m_cursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy() )
+    {
+        ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor));

     }
 
     }
 

-    // This will cause big reentrancy problems if wxFlushEvents is implemented.
-    //  wxFlushEvents();
-    //  return old_cursor;
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

-
-// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
-void wxWindow::GetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y)

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    RECT rect;
-    ::GetClientRect(hWnd, &rect);
-    *x = rect.right;
-    *y = rect.bottom;
+    ClientToScreen(&x, &y);
+
+    if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("SetCursorPos"));
+    }

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state)

 {
 {

-    int currentX, currentY;
-    GetPosition(&currentX, &currentY);
-    int currentW,currentH;
-    GetSize(&currentW, &currentH);
+    // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good
+    // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm
+    static int s_needToUpdate = -1;
+    if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 )
+    {
+        int verMaj, verMin;
+        s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT &&
+                            verMaj >= 5;
+    }

 
 

-    if (x == currentX && y == currentY && width == currentW && height == currentH)
-        return;
+    if ( s_needToUpdate )
+    {
+        // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system
+        // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0);
+    }
+}

 
 

-    int actualWidth = width;
-    int actualHeight = height;
-    int actualX = x;
-    int actualY = y;
-    if (x == -1 || (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE))
-        actualX = currentX;
-    if (y == -1 || (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE))
-        actualY = currentY;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// scrolling stuff
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-    AdjustForParentClientOrigin(actualX, actualY, sizeFlags);
+inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient)
+{
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+    return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient);
+#else
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
+    scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+    scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS;
+    ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo );

 
 

-    if (width == -1)
-        actualWidth = currentW ;
-    if (height == -1)
-        actualHeight = currentH ;
+    return scrollInfo.nPos;

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        MoveWindow(hWnd, actualX, actualY, actualWidth, actualHeight, (BOOL)TRUE);
+#endif

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const

 {
 {

-    wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HWND hParentWnd = (HWND) 0;
-    if (parent)
-        hParentWnd = (HWND) parent->GetHWND();
-
-    RECT rect;
-    ::GetClientRect(hWnd, &rect);
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") );

 
 

-    RECT rect2;
-    GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect2);
-
-    // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
-    // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
-    // window
-    int actual_width = rect2.right - rect2.left - rect.right + width;
-    int actual_height = rect2.bottom - rect2.top - rect.bottom + height;
-
-    // If there's a parent, must subtract the parent's top left corner
-    // since MoveWindow moves relative to the parent
+    return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT);
+}

 
 

-    POINT point;
-    point.x = rect2.left;
-    point.y = rect2.top;
-    if (parent)
+// This now returns the whole range, not just the number
+// of positions that we can scroll.
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
+{
+    int maxPos;
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( !hWnd )
+        return 0;
+#if 0
+    ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                     &minPos, &maxPos);
+#endif
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
+    scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
+    if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd,
+                          orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                          &scrollInfo) )

     {
     {

-        ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
+        // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return
+        // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet.
+        // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));

     }
     }

+    maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax;

 
 

-    MoveWindow(hWnd, point.x, point.y, actual_width, actual_height, (BOOL)TRUE);
-
-    wxSizeEvent event(wxSize(width, height), m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar()
+    return maxPos + 1;

 }
 
 }
 

-// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
-// smaller
-wxPoint wxWindow::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const

 {
 {

-    return wxPoint(0, 0);
+    return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize;

 }
 
 }
 

-// Makes an adjustment to the window position (for example, a frame that has
-// a toolbar that it manages itself).
-void wxWindow::AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y, int sizeFlags)
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)

 {
 {

-    if (((sizeFlags & wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS) == 0) && GetParent())
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") );
+
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info;
+    info.nPage = 0;
+    info.nMin = 0;
+    info.nPos = pos;
+    info.fMask = SIF_POS;
+    if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) )

     {
     {

-        wxPoint pt(GetParent()->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-        x += pt.x; y += pt.y;
+        // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then
+        info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;

     }
     }

+
+    ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                    &info, refresh);

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::Show(bool show)
-{
-    m_isShown = show;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    int cshow;
-    if (show)
-        cshow = SW_SHOW;
-    else
-        cshow = SW_HIDE;
-    ShowWindow(hWnd, cshow);
-    if (show)
+// New function that will replace some of the above.
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient,
+                               int pos,
+                               int pageSize,
+                               int range,
+                               bool refresh)
+{
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info;
+    info.nPage = pageSize;
+    info.nMin = 0;              // range is nMax - nMin + 1
+    info.nMax = range - 1;      //  as both nMax and nMax are inclusive
+    info.nPos = pos;
+    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
+    if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) )
+    {
+        // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then
+        info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;
+    }
+
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )

     {
     {

-        BringWindowToTop(hWnd);
-        // Next line causes a crash on NT, apparently.
-        //    UpdateWindow(hWnd); // Should this be here or will it cause inefficiency?
+        // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events
+        // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo()
+        *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize;
+
+        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                        &info, refresh);

     }
     }

-    return TRUE;

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::IsShown(void) const
+void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect)

 {
 {

-    // Can't rely on IsWindowVisible, since it will return FALSE
-    // if the parent is not visible.
-    return m_isShown;
-//    int ret = ::IsWindowVisible((HWND) GetHWND()) ;
-//    return (ret != 0);
+    RECT rect;
+    RECT *pr;
+    if ( prect )
+    {
+        rect.left = prect->x;
+        rect.top = prect->y;
+        rect.right = prect->x + prect->width;
+        rect.bottom = prect->y + prect->height;
+        pr = &rect;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pr = NULL;
+
+    }
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below?
+    ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE);
+#else
+    ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr);
+#endif

 }
 
 }
 

-int wxWindow::GetCharHeight(void) const
+static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count)

 {
 {

-    TEXTMETRIC lpTextMetric;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+    int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT);

 
 

-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &lpTextMetric);
-    ::ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+    int pos = posStart;
+    for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+    {
+        ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0);
+
+        int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT);
+        if ( posNew == pos )
+        {
+            // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom
+            break;
+        }
+
+        pos = posNew;
+    }

 
 

-    return lpTextMetric.tmHeight;
+    return pos != posStart;

 }
 
 }
 

-int wxWindow::GetCharWidth(void) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines)

 {
 {

-    TEXTMETRIC lpTextMetric;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+    bool down = lines > 0;
+
+    return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(),
+                            down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP,
+                            down ? lines : -lines);
+}

 
 

-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &lpTextMetric);
-    ::ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages)
+{
+    bool down = pages > 0;

 
 

-    return lpTextMetric.tmAveCharWidth;
+    return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(),
+                            down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP,
+                            down ? pages : -pages);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, int *x, int *y,
-                             int *descent, int *externalLeading, const wxFont *theFont, bool) const
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RTL support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir)

 {
 {

-    wxFont *fontToUse = (wxFont *)theFont;
-    if (!fontToUse)
-        fontToUse = (wxFont *) & m_windowFont;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    wxUnusedVar(dir);
+#else
+    const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_RET( hwnd, _T("layout direction must be set after window creation") );

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+    LONG styleOld = ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);

 
 

-    HFONT fnt = 0;
-    HFONT was = 0;
-    if (fontToUse && fontToUse->Ok())
+    LONG styleNew = styleOld;
+    switch ( dir )

     {
     {

-        fnt = (HFONT)fontToUse->GetResourceHandle();
-        if ( fnt )
-            was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt) ;
+        case wxLayout_LeftToRight:
+            styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
+            break;
+
+        case wxLayout_RightToLeft:
+            styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG(_T("unsupported layout direction"));
+            break;

     }
 
     }
 

-    SIZE sizeRect;
-    TEXTMETRIC tm;
-    GetTextExtentPoint(dc, (const char *)string, (int)string.Length(), &sizeRect);
-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
+    if ( styleNew != styleOld )
+    {
+        ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, styleNew);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const
+{
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    return wxLayout_Default;
+#else
+    const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_MSG( hwnd, wxLayout_Default, _T("invalid window") );
+
+    return ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL
+                ? wxLayout_RightToLeft
+                : wxLayout_LeftToRight;
+#endif
+}
+
+wxCoord
+wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x,
+                                      wxCoord WXUNUSED(width),
+                                      wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const
+{
+    // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't
+    // redo it ourselves
+    return x;
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// subclassing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") );

 
 

-    if (fontToUse && fnt && was)
-        SelectObject(dc,was) ;
+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;
+    wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") );

 
 

-    ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+    wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this);

 
 

-    *x = sizeRect.cx;
-    *y = sizeRect.cy;
-    if (descent) *descent = tm.tmDescent;
-    if (externalLeading) *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
+    m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd);

 
 

-    //  if (fontToUse)
-    //    fontToUse->ReleaseResource();
+    // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows
+    // sense of the word)
+    if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) )
+    {
+        wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to
+        // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the
+        // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can
+        // simply check m_oldWndProc
+        m_oldWndProc = NULL;
+    }
+
+    // we're officially created now, send the event
+    wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
+    wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
+
+    // Restore old Window proc
+    HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hwnd )

     {
     {

-        if (rect)
+        SetHWND(0);
+
+        wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") );
+
+        if ( m_oldWndProc )

         {
         {

-            RECT mswRect;
-            mswRect.left = rect->x;
-            mswRect.top = rect->y;
-            mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
-            mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
+            if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) )
+            {
+                wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc);
+            }

 
 

-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, &mswRect, eraseBack);
+            m_oldWndProc = NULL;

         }
         }

-        else
-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, NULL, eraseBack);

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
+void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle)

 {
 {

-    // we save here the information about the last message because it might be
-    // overwritten if the event handler sends any messages to our window (case
-    // in point: wxNotebook::OnSize) - and then if we call Default() later
-    // (which is done quite often if the message is not processed) it will use
-    // incorrect values for m_lastXXX variables
-    WXUINT lastMsg = m_lastMsg;
-    WXWPARAM lastWParam = m_lastWParam;
-    WXLPARAM lastLParam = m_lastLParam;
+    if ( m_hWnd )
+    {
+      if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) )
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow"));
+    }

 
 

-    // call the base version
-    bool bProcessed = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
+    WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle;

 
 

-    // restore
-    m_lastMsg = lastMsg;
-    m_lastWParam = lastWParam;
-    m_lastLParam = lastLParam;
+    SetHWND(wxhwnd);
+    SubclassWin(wxhwnd);
+}

 
 

-    return bProcessed;
+void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle()
+{
+    // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us
+    UnsubclassWin();

 }
 
 }
 

-// Hook for new window just as it's being created,
-// when the window isn't yet associated with the handle
-wxWindow *wxWndHook = NULL;

 
 

-// Main window proc
-LRESULT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd,
+                          WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc))
+{
+// TODO: This list of window class names should be factored out so they can be
+// managed in one place and then accessed from here and other places, such as
+// wxApp::RegisterWindowClasses() and wxApp::UnregisterWindowClasses()
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+    extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR;
+#else
+    extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+    extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR;
+#endif
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassName;
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw;
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassName;
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw;
+    wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd));
+    if (str == wxCanvasClassName ||
+        str == wxCanvasClassNameNR ||
+#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS
+        str == _T("wxGLCanvasClass") ||
+        str == _T("wxGLCanvasClassNR") ||
+#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS
+        str == wxMDIFrameClassName ||
+        str == wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw ||
+        str == wxMDIChildFrameClassName ||
+        str == wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw ||
+        str == _T("wxTLWHiddenParent"))
+        return true; // Effectively means don't subclass
+    else
+        return false;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Style handling
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags)
+{
+    long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag();
+    if ( flags == flagsOld )
+        return;
+
+    // update the internal variable
+    wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags);
+
+    // and the real window flags
+    MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle());
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags)

 {
 {

-    wxWindow *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+    long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle();
+    if ( exflags == exflagsOld )
+        return;
+
+    // update the internal variable
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags);
+
+    // and the real window flags
+    MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld);
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld)
+{
+    // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had
+    // been already created
+    if ( !GetHwnd() )
+        return;
+
+    // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles
+    bool callSWP = false;

 
 

-    if (!wnd && wxWndHook)
+    WXDWORD exstyle;
+    long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle);
+
+    // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle()
+    // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally
+    // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the
+    // correct exstyleOld
+    long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle();
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld);
+
+    WXDWORD exstyleOld;
+    long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld);
+
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew);
+
+
+    if ( style != styleOld )

     {
     {

-        wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, wxWndHook);
-        wnd = wxWndHook;
-        wxWndHook = NULL;
-        wnd->m_hWnd = (WXHWND) hWnd;
-    }
+        // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by
+        // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new
+        // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in
+        // the new one and set the ones which were not set before
+        long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE);
+        styleReal &= ~styleOld;
+        styleReal |= style;
+
+        ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal);
+
+        // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the
+        // frame appearance have changed
+        callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER |
+                                      WS_THICKFRAME |
+                                      WS_CAPTION |
+                                      WS_DLGFRAME |
+                                      WS_MAXIMIZEBOX |
+                                      WS_MINIMIZEBOX |
+                                      WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0;
+    }
+
+    // and the extended style
+    long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+
+    if ( exstyle != exstyleOld )
+    {
+        exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld;
+        exstyleReal |= exstyle;
+
+        ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal);

 
 

-    // Stop right here if we don't have a valid handle in our wxWindow object.
-    if (wnd && !wnd->m_hWnd) {
-        wnd->m_hWnd = (WXHWND) hWnd;
-        long res = wnd->MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-        wnd->m_hWnd = 0;
-        return res;
+        // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos
+        callSWP = true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    if (wnd) {
-        wnd->m_lastMsg = message;
-        wnd->m_lastWParam = wParam;
-        wnd->m_lastLParam = lParam;
+    if ( callSWP )
+    {
+        // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and
+        // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just
+        // setting the style simply doesn't work
+        if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(),
+                             exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST
+                                                         : HWND_NOTOPMOST,
+                             0, 0, 0, 0,
+                             SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
+        }

     }
     }

-    if (wnd)
-        return wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
-    else
-        return DefWindowProc( hWnd, message, wParam, lParam );

 }
 
 }
 

-// Should probably have a test for 'genuine' NT
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-    #define DIMENSION_TYPE short
-#else
-    #define DIMENSION_TYPE int
-#endif
-
-// Main Windows window proc
-long wxWindow::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const

 {
 {

-    wxASSERT( m_lastMsg == message &&
-              m_lastWParam == wParam && m_lastLParam == lParam );
+    // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones
+
+    // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as
+    // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle()
+    WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD;
+
+    // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker,
+    // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the
+    // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so
+    // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special
+    // system option is turned on
+    if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children"))
+            || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) )
+        style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
+
+    // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially
+    // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and,
+    // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping
+    // regions), so avoid it alltogether

 
 

-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, "Processing %s(%lx, %lx)",
-               wxGetMessageName(message), wParam, lParam);
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND)m_hWnd;
+    if ( flags & wxVSCROLL )
+        style |= WS_VSCROLL;

 
 

-    switch (message)
+    if ( flags & wxHSCROLL )
+        style |= WS_HSCROLL;
+
+    const wxBorder border = GetBorder(flags);
+
+    // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE
+    if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE )
+        style |= WS_BORDER;
+
+    // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it
+    if ( exstyle )

     {
     {

-    case WM_ACTIVATE:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD state = LOWORD(wParam);
-            WORD minimized = HIWORD(wParam);
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)lParam;
-#else
-            WORD state = (WORD)wParam;
-            WORD minimized = LOWORD(lParam);
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)HIWORD(lParam);
+        *exstyle = 0;
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+        if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
+            *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;

 #endif
 #endif

-            MSWOnActivate(state, (minimized != 0), (WXHWND) hwnd);
-            return 0;
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_SETFOCUS:
+
+        switch ( border )

         {
         {

-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)wParam;
-            //            return OnSetFocus(hwnd);
+            default:
+            case wxBORDER_DEFAULT:
+                wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") );
+                // fall through

 
 

-            if (MSWOnSetFocus((WXHWND) hwnd))
-                return 0;
-            else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
+            case wxBORDER_NONE:
+            case wxBORDER_SIMPLE:
+                break;
+
+            case wxBORDER_STATIC:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE;
+                break;
+
+            case wxBORDER_RAISED:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
+                break;
+
+            case wxBORDER_SUNKEN:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
+                style &= ~WS_BORDER;
+                break;
+
+            case wxBORDER_DOUBLE:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
+                break;

         }
         }

-    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
+
+        // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all
+#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must
+        // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it)
+        if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() )

         {
         {

-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)lParam;
-            //            return OnKillFocus(hwnd);
-            if (MSWOnKillFocus((WXHWND) hwnd))
-                return 0;
-            else
-                return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
+            *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT;

         }
         }

-    case WM_CREATE:
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    }
+
+    return style;
+}
+
+// Setup background and foreground colours correctly
+void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours()
+{
+    if ( GetParent() )
+        SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour());
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const
+{
+    // get the mouse position
+    POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt);
+#else
+    ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
+#endif
+
+    // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window
+    // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it
+    HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt);
+    while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) )
+        hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);
+
+    return hwnd != NULL;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle()
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+    // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
+    if ( m_mouseInWindow )
+    {
+        // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has
+        // or doesn't have mouse capture
+        if ( !IsMouseInWindow() )

         {
         {

-            MSWOnCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT) (LPCREATESTRUCT)lParam);
-            return 0;
-            break;
+            GenerateMouseLeave();

         }
         }

-    case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
+    }
+#endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+
+    if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this))
+        UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE);
+}
+
+// Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
+bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent)
+{
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) )
+        return false;
+
+    HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd();
+    HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0;
+
+    ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( ::GetWindowLong(hWndChild, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+    {
+        EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent());
+    }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on)
+{
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::Freeze()
+{
+    if ( !m_frozenness++ )
+    {
+        if ( IsShown() )
+            SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false);
+    }
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::Thaw()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG( m_frozenness > 0, _T("Thaw() without matching Freeze()") );
+
+    if ( --m_frozenness == 0 )
+    {
+        if ( IsShown() )

         {
         {

-            MSWOnShow((wParam != 0), (int) lParam);
-            break;
+            SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true);
+
+            // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area
+            // is not going to be repainted
+            Refresh();

         }
         }

-    case WM_PAINT:
+    }
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
+{
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        RECT mswRect;
+        const RECT *pRect;
+        if ( rect )

         {
         {

-            if (MSWOnPaint())
-                return 0;
-            else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
+            mswRect.left = rect->x;
+            mswRect.top = rect->y;
+            mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
+            mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
+
+            pRect = &mswRect;

         }
         }

-    case WM_QUERYDRAGICON:
+        else

         {
         {

-            HICON hIcon = (HICON)MSWOnQueryDragIcon();
-            if ( hIcon )
-                return (long)hIcon;
-            else
-                return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
+            pRect = NULL;

         }
 
         }
 

-    case WM_SIZE:
-        {
-            int width = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int height = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnSize(width, height, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
+        // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3
+#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400)
+        UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN;
+        if ( eraseBack )
+            flags |= RDW_ERASE;

 
 

-    case WM_MOVE:
-        {
-            wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam)),
-                m_windowId);
-            event.SetEventObject(this);
-            if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-                Default();
-        }
-        break;
+        ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags);
+#else
+        ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack);
+#endif
+    }
+}

 
 

-    case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
-        {
-            MSWOnWindowPosChanging((void *)lParam);
-            break;
-        }
+void wxWindowMSW::Update()
+{
+    if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow"));
+    }

 
 

-    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnRButtonDown(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_RBUTTONUP:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnRButtonUp(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnRButtonDClick(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnMButtonDown(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MBUTTONUP:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnMButtonUp(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnMButtonDClick(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnLButtonDown(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_LBUTTONUP:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnLButtonUp(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnLButtonDClick(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnMouseMove(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT
+    // handler needs to be really drawn right now
+    (void)::GdiFlush();
+#endif // __WIN32__
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// drag and drop
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+// we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be
+// a drop target
+static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent)
+{
+    // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW)
+    if ( !parent )
+        return;
+
+    for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
+          node;
+          node = node->GetNext() )
+    {
+        wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox);
+        if ( statbox )

         {
         {

-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyDown(wxJOYSTICK1, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
+            ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+                           SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);

         }
         }

-    case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN:
+    }
+}
+
+#else // !wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
+{
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+#endif // drag and drop is used
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
+{
+    if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) {
+        m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
+        delete m_dropTarget;
+    }
+
+    m_dropTarget = pDropTarget;
+    if ( m_dropTarget != 0 )
+    {
+        AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent());
+        m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
+    }
+}
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+// old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style
+// DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
+void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept))
+{
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent());
+        ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// tooltips
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
+{
+    wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip);
+
+    if ( m_tooltip )
+        m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// moving and resizing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const
+{
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ||
+         m_pendingSize     != wxDefaultSize )
+        return true;
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+// Get total size
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows
+    // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return
+    // the new and not the old position to the other wx code
+    if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize )
+    {
+        if ( x )
+            *x = m_pendingSize.x;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = m_pendingSize.y;
+    }
+    else // use current size
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+    }
+}
+
+// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize )
+    {
+        // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size
+        RECT rect;
+        rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x;
+        rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y;
+        rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x;
+        rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y;
+
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect);
+
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+    }
+    else
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
+
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom;
+    }
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+    wxWindow * const parent = GetParent();
+
+    wxPoint pos;
+    if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition )
+    {
+        pos = m_pendingPosition;
+    }
+    else // use current position
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+
+        POINT point;
+        point.x = rect.left;
+        point.y = rect.top;
+
+        // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real"
+        // children, not for the dialogs/frames
+        if ( !IsTopLevel() )

         {
         {

-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyDown(wxJOYSTICK2, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
+            if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft )
+            {
+                // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate,
+                // which would be the physical right x-coordinate.
+                point.x = rect.right;
+            }
+
+            // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a
+            // parent we must subtract its top left corner
+            if ( parent )
+            {
+                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point);
+            }

         }
         }

-    case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
+
+        pos.x = point.x;
+        pos.y = point.y;
+    }
+
+    // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just
+    // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx
+    if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
+        pos.x -= pt.x;
+        pos.y -= pt.y;
+    }
+
+    if ( x )
+        *x = pos.x;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = pos.y;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+    POINT pt;
+    if ( x )
+        pt.x = *x;
+    if ( y )
+        pt.y = *y;
+
+    ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt);
+
+    if ( x )
+        *x = pt.x;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = pt.y;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+    POINT pt;
+    if ( x )
+        pt.x = *x;
+    if ( y )
+        pt.y = *y;
+
+    ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt);
+
+    if ( x )
+        *x = pt.x;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = pt.y;
+}
+
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless
+    // we are a top level window)
+    wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent();
+
+    HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL;
+    if ( hdwp )
+    {
+        hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height,
+                                SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+        if ( !hdwp )

         {
         {

-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyUp(wxJOYSTICK1, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
+            wxLogLastError(_T("DeferWindowPos"));

         }
         }

-    case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
+    }
+
+    if ( parent )
+    {
+        // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed
+        parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp;
+    }
+
+    if ( hdwp )
+    {
+        // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're
+        // different from what Windows would return for it
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
+    }
+
+    // if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move,
+    // ignored otherwise
+    return false;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+    // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms?
+    // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed
+    if (width < 0)
+        width = 0;
+    if (height < 0)
+        height = 0;
+
+    if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) )
+    {
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+        m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y);
+        m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height);
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    }
+}
+
+// set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them,
+// but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for
+// it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in
+// which case -1 is a valid value for x and y)
+//
+// If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate
+// the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current
+// width/height
+void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+    // get the current size and position...
+    int currentX, currentY;
+    int currentW, currentH;
+
+    GetPosition(&currentX, &currentY);
+    GetSize(&currentW, &currentH);
+
+    // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless
+    // we're forced to resize the window
+    if ( x == currentX && y == currentY &&
+         width == currentW && height == currentH &&
+            !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) )
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+        x = currentX;
+    if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+        y = currentY;
+
+    AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags);
+
+    wxSize size = wxDefaultSize;
+    if ( width == wxDefaultCoord )
+    {
+        if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH )

         {
         {

-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyUp(wxJOYSTICK2, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
+            size = DoGetBestSize();
+            width = size.x;

         }
         }

-    case MM_JOY1MOVE:
+        else

         {
         {

-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyMove(wxJOYSTICK1, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
+            // just take the current one
+            width = currentW;

         }
         }

-    case MM_JOY2MOVE:
+    }
+
+    if ( height == wxDefaultCoord )
+    {
+        if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT )

         {
         {

-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyMove(wxJOYSTICK2, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
+            if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord )
+            {
+                size = DoGetBestSize();
+            }
+            //else: already called DoGetBestSize() above
+
+            height = size.y;

         }
         }

-    case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
+        else

         {
         {

-            int z = LOWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyZMove(wxJOYSTICK1, z, wParam);
-            break;
+            // just take the current one
+            height = currentH;

         }
         }

-    case MM_JOY2ZMOVE:
+    }
+
+    DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height);
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
+{
+    // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been
+    // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar
+    // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect()
+    // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be
+    // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes --
+    // so we keep changing it until we get it right
+    //
+    // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but
+    // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it
+    // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't
+    // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration)
+    // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an
+    // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out)
+    for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
+    {
+        RECT rectClient;
+        ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient);
+
+        // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0)
+        if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) &&
+             (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) )

         {
         {

-            int z = LOWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyZMove(wxJOYSTICK2, z, wParam);

             break;
         }
             break;
         }

-    case WM_DESTROY:
+
+        // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
+        // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
+        // window
+        RECT rectWin;
+        ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin);
+
+        const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left,
+                  heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top;
+
+        // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so
+        // adjust if necessary
+        if ( !IsTopLevel() )

         {
         {

-            if (MSWOnDestroy())
-                return 0;
-            else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
+            wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
+            if ( parent )
+            {
+                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin);
+            }

         }
         }

-    case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
+
+        // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately
+        // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by
+        // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be
+        // really resized
+        if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(),
+                           rectWin.left,
+                           rectWin.top,
+                           width + widthWin - rectClient.right,
+                           height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom,
+                           TRUE) )

         {
         {

-            return MSWOnSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
-            break;
+            wxLogLastError(_T("MoveWindow"));

         }
         }

+    }
+}

 
 

-    case WM_COMMAND:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD id = LOWORD(wParam);
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)lParam;
-            WORD cmd = HIWORD(wParam);
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// text metrics
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const
+{
+    return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight;
+}
+
+int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const
+{
+    // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the
+    // dialog units size in pixels
+#if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY
+    return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth;

 #else
 #else

-            WORD id = (WORD)wParam;
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)LOWORD(lParam) ;
-            WORD cmd = HIWORD(lParam);
+    return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1;

 #endif
 #endif

-            if (!MSWOnCommand(id, cmd, (WXHWND) hwnd))
-                return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    case WM_NOTIFY:
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+                             int *x, int *y,
+                             int *descent, int *externalLeading,
+                             const wxFont *theFont) const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG( !theFont || theFont->Ok(),
+                    _T("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") );
+
+    wxFont fontToUse;
+    if (theFont)
+        fontToUse = *theFont;
+    else
+        fontToUse = GetFont();
+
+    WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd());
+    SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, GetHfontOf(fontToUse));
+
+    SIZE sizeRect;
+    TEXTMETRIC tm;
+    ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string, string.length(), &sizeRect);
+    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
+
+    if ( x )
+        *x = sizeRect.cx;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = sizeRect.cy;
+    if ( descent )
+        *descent = tm.tmDescent;
+    if ( externalLeading )
+        *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// popup menu
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+// yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue
+// immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration
+//
+// NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost
+//     surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well
+static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly()
+{
+    // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't
+    // want to process it here)
+    MSG msg;
+    while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) )
+    {
+        if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT )

         {
         {

-            // for some messages (TVN_ITEMEXPANDING for example), the return
-            // value of WM_NOTIFY handler is important, so don't just return 0
-            // if we processed the message
-            return MSWOnNotify(wParam, lParam);
+            // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue.
+            ::PostQuitMessage(0);
+            break;

         }
         }

-#endif
-    case WM_MENUSELECT:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD flags = HIWORD(wParam);
-            HMENU sysmenu = (HMENU)lParam;
+
+        // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here
+        // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it
+        // immediately
+        ::TranslateMessage(&msg);
+        ::DispatchMessage(&msg);
+    }
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
+{
+    menu->SetInvokingWindow(this);
+    menu->UpdateUI();
+
+    if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord )
+    {
+        wxPoint mouse = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition());
+        x = mouse.x; y = mouse.y;
+    }
+
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu);
+    POINT point;
+    point.x = x;
+    point.y = y;
+    ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point);
+    wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu;
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    UINT flags = 0;

 #else
 #else

-            WORD flags = LOWORD(lParam);
-            HMENU sysmenu = (HMENU)HIWORD(lParam);
+    UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON | TPM_RECURSE;

 #endif
 #endif

-            MSWOnMenuHighlight((WORD)wParam, flags, (WXHMENU) sysmenu);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
-        {
-            MSWOnInitMenuPopup((WXHMENU) (HMENU)wParam, (int)LOWORD(lParam), (HIWORD(lParam) != 0));
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_DRAWITEM:
-        {
-            return MSWOnDrawItem((int)wParam, (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MEASUREITEM:
-        {
-            return MSWOnMeasureItem((int)wParam, (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_KEYDOWN:
-        // If this has been processed by an event handler,
-        // return 0 now (we've handled it).
-        if (MSWOnKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam))
-        {
-            return 0;
-        }
+    ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, flags, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL);

 
 

-        // we consider these message "not interesting" to OnChar
-        if ( wParam == VK_SHIFT || wParam == VK_CONTROL )
-        {
-            return Default();
-        }
+    // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be
+    // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand()
+    //
+    // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't
+    // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be
+    // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller
+    // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately
+    wxYieldForCommandsOnly();

 
 

-        // Avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these special keys
-        switch ( wParam )
+    wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
+
+    menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+// ===========================================================================
+// pre/post message processing
+// ===========================================================================
+
+WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    if ( m_oldWndProc )
+        return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
+    else
+        return ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam);
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
+{
+    // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) )
+    {
+        // intercept dialog navigation keys
+        MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
+
+        // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does
+        // internally
+        if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN )

         {
         {

-            case VK_ESCAPE:
-            case VK_SPACE:
-            case VK_RETURN:
-            case VK_BACK:
-            case VK_TAB:
-            case VK_LEFT:
-            case VK_RIGHT:
-            case VK_DOWN:
-            case VK_UP:
-                return Default();
+            bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
+            bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();

 
 

-#ifdef VK_APPS
-            // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse click
-            // because both usually pop up a context menu
-            case VK_APPS:
-                {
+            // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself,
+            // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter
+            // combinations which are always processed)
+            LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);

 
 

-#ifndef GET_X_LPARAM
-#define GET_X_LPARAM(lp)                        ((int)(short)LOWORD(lp))
-#define GET_Y_LPARAM(lp)                        ((int)(short)HIWORD(lp))
-#endif
+            // surprizingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the
+            // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically,
+            // it, of course, implies them
+            if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS )
+            {
+                lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS;
+            }

 
 

-                    // construct the key mask
-                    WPARAM fwKeys = MK_RBUTTON;
-                    if ( (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x100) != 0 )
-                        fwKeys |= MK_CONTROL;
-                    if ( (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x100) != 0 )
-                        fwKeys |= MK_SHIFT;
+            bool bForward = true,
+                 bWindowChange = false,
+                 bFromTab = false;

 
 

-                    // simulate right mouse button click
-                    DWORD dwPos = ::GetMessagePos();
-                    int x = GET_X_LPARAM(dwPos),
-                        y = GET_Y_LPARAM(dwPos);
+            // should we process this message specially?
+            bool bProcess = true;
+            switch ( msg->wParam )
+            {
+                case VK_TAB:
+                    if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB ) {
+                        bProcess = false;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages
+                        bWindowChange = bCtrlDown;
+                        bForward = !bShiftDown;
+                        bFromTab = true;
+                    }
+                    break;

 
 

-                    ScreenToClient(&x, &y);
-                    MSWOnRButtonDown(x, y, fwKeys);
-                }
-                break;
-#endif // VK_APPS
+                case VK_UP:
+                case VK_LEFT:
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
+                        bProcess = false;
+                    else
+                        bForward = false;
+                    break;

 
 

-            default:
-                if (!MSWOnChar((WORD)wParam, lParam))
+                case VK_DOWN:
+                case VK_RIGHT:
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
+                        bProcess = false;
+                    break;
+
+                case VK_PRIOR:
+                    bForward = false;
+                    // fall through
+
+                case VK_NEXT:
+                    // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that
+                    // a control which needs arrows also needs them for
+                    // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...)
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || !bCtrlDown )
+                        bProcess = false;
+                    else
+                        bWindowChange = true;
+                    break;
+
+                case VK_RETURN:
+                    {
+                        if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE) && !bCtrlDown )
+                        {
+                            // control wants to process Enter itself, don't
+                            // call IsDialogMessage() which would consume it
+                            return false;
+                        }
+
+#if wxUSE_BUTTON
+                        // currently active button should get enter press even
+                        // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if
+                        // this window is a button first
+                        wxWindow *btn = NULL;
+                        if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON )
+                        {
+                            // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all
+                            // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it
+                            // just seems to ignore
+                            long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE);
+                            if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW )
+                            {
+                                // emulate the button click
+                                btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd);
+                            }
+
+                            bProcess = false;
+                        }
+                        else // not a button itself, do we have default button?
+                        {
+                            wxTopLevelWindow *
+                                tlw = wxDynamicCast(wxGetTopLevelParent(this),
+                                                    wxTopLevelWindow);
+                            if ( tlw )
+                            {
+                                btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(),
+                                                    wxButton);
+                            }
+                        }
+
+                        if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
+                        {
+                            btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+                            return true;
+                        }
+
+#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                        // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs
+                        wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN);
+                        event.SetEventObject(this);
+                        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+                            return true;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                default:
+                    bProcess = false;
+            }
+
+            if ( bProcess )
+            {
+                wxNavigationKeyEvent event;
+                event.SetDirection(bForward);
+                event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange);
+                event.SetFromTab(bFromTab);
+                event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+                if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )

                 {
                 {

-                    return Default();
+                    // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of
+                    // this by default, we need to manually send this message
+                    // so that controls can change their UI state if needed
+                    MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS);
+
+                    return true;

                 }
                 }

-                break;
+            }

         }
 
         }
 

-        break;
-    case WM_KEYUP:
-    {
-        if (!MSWOnKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam))
-            return Default();
-        break;
-    }
-    case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character
+        if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) )

         {
         {

-            if (!MSWOnChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, TRUE))
-                return Default();
-            break;
+            // IsDialogMessage() did something...
+            return true;

         }
         }

-    case WM_HSCROLL:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD code = LOWORD(wParam);
-            WORD pos = HIWORD(wParam);
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-#else
-            WORD code = (WORD)wParam;
-            WORD pos = LOWORD(lParam);
-            HWND control = (HWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
-            MSWOnHScroll(code, pos, (WXHWND) control);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_VSCROLL:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD code = LOWORD(wParam);
-            WORD pos = HIWORD(wParam);
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
+    }
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+    if ( m_tooltip )
+    {
+        // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
+        MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
+        if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )
+            wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg);
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
+{
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg);

 #else
 #else

-            WORD code = (WORD)wParam;
-            WORD pos = LOWORD(lParam);
-            HWND control = (HWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
-            MSWOnVScroll(code, pos, (WXHWND) control);
-            break;
-        }
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
+    (void) pMsg;
+    return false;
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg)
+{
+    // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of
+    // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our
+    // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations
+
+    // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the
+    // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is
+    // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in
+    // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog
+    if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by
+    // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give
+    // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the
+    // situations when this may happen and not call it then
+    if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR )
+        return true;
+
+    // assume we can call it by default
+    bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
+
+    HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
+
+    // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style,
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will
+    // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if
+    // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops
+    // when it gets back to the window it started from)
+    //
+    // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT
+    // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if
+    // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static
+    // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input.
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+    {
+        // pessimistic by default
+        canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
+        for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+              node;
+              node = node->GetNext() )

         {
         {

-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_BTN;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
-            break;
+            wxWindow * const win = node->GetData();
+            if ( win->AcceptsFocus() &&
+                    !(::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(win), GWL_EXSTYLE) &
+                        WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
+            {
+                // it shouldn't hang...
+                canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
+
+                break;
+            }

         }
         }

-    case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
+    }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+    if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg )
+    {
+        // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the
+        // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its
+        // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in
+        // this case
+        while ( hwndFocus )

         {
         {

-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_DLG;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);\
+            if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) ||
+                    !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) )
+            {
+                // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this!
+                canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
+
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) )
+            {
+                // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even
+                // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't
+                // break navigation inside the dialog

                 break;
                 break;

+            }
+
+            hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus);

         }
         }

-    case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_LISTBOX;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
+    }
+
+    return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg;
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// message params unpackers
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                             WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd)
+{
+    *id = LOWORD(wParam);
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
+    *cmd = HIWORD(wParam);
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                              WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd)
+{
+    *state = LOWORD(wParam);
+    *minimized = HIWORD(wParam);
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                            WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd)
+{
+    *code = LOWORD(wParam);
+    *pos = HIWORD(wParam);
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                                 WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
+{
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
+    *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                                WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu)
+{
+    *item = (WXWORD)wParam;
+    *flags = HIWORD(wParam);
+    *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam;
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet
+// associated with the handle
+static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;
+
+// implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the
+// window being created and insures that it's always unset back later
+wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated)
+{
+    gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated;
+}
+
+wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook()
+{
+    gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;
+}
+
+// Main window proc
+LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    // trace all messages - useful for the debugging
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages,
+               wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%08lx, wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"),
+               wxGetMessageName(message), (long)hWnd, (long)wParam, lParam);
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+
+    wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+
+    // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate
+    // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated
+    if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated )
+    {
+        wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated);
+        wnd = gs_winBeingCreated;
+        gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;
+        wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
+    }
+
+    LRESULT rc;
+
+    if ( wnd && wxEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) )
+        rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+    else
+        rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    // did we process the message?
+    bool processed = false;
+
+    // the return value
+    union
+    {
+        bool        allow;
+        WXLRESULT   result;
+        WXHBRUSH    hBrush;
+    } rc;
+
+    // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message
+    rc.result = 0;
+
+    switch ( message )
+    {
+        case WM_CREATE:
+            {
+                bool mayCreate;
+                processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate);
+                if ( processed )
+                {
+                    // return 0 to allow window creation
+                    rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1;
+                }
+            }

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_MSGBOX;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
+
+        case WM_DESTROY:
+            // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to
+            // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when
+            // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause
+            // memory and resource leaks!
+            (void)HandleDestroy();

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_SCROLLBAR;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
+
+        case WM_SIZE:
+            processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam);

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_STATIC;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
+
+        case WM_MOVE:
+            processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_EDIT;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
+
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        case WM_MOVING:
+            {
+                LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam;
+                wxRect rc;
+                rc.SetLeft(pRect->left);
+                rc.SetTop(pRect->top);
+                rc.SetRight(pRect->right);
+                rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom);
+                processed = HandleMoving(rc);
+                if (processed) {
+                    pRect->left = rc.GetLeft();
+                    pRect->top = rc.GetTop();
+                    pRect->right = rc.GetRight();
+                    pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom();
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case WM_SIZING:
+            {
+                LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam;
+                wxRect rc;
+                rc.SetLeft(pRect->left);
+                rc.SetTop(pRect->top);
+                rc.SetRight(pRect->right);
+                rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom);
+                processed = HandleSizing(rc);
+                if (processed) {
+                    pRect->left = rc.GetLeft();
+                    pRect->top = rc.GetTop();
+                    pRect->right = rc.GetRight();
+                    pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom();
+                }
+            }

             break;
             break;

-        }
-#else
-    case WM_CTLCOLOR:
-        {
-            HWND control = (HWND)LOWORD(lParam);
-            int nCtlColor = (int)HIWORD(lParam);
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
+            // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event
+            wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus());

             break;
             break;

-        }

 #endif
 #endif

-    case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
-        {
-            // Return value of 0 means, we processed it.
-            if (MSWOnColorChange((WXHWND) hWnd, message, wParam, lParam) == 0)
-                return 0;
-            else
-                return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
+
+        case WM_ACTIVATE:
+            {
+                WXWORD state, minimized;
+                WXHWND hwnd;
+                UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd);
+
+                processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd);
+            }

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
-        {
-            return MSWOnPaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
+
+        case WM_SETFOCUS:
+            processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
-        {
-            return MSWOnQueryNewPalette();
+
+        case WM_KILLFOCUS:
+            processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_ERASEBKGND:
-        {
-            // Prevents flicker when dragging
-            if (IsIconic(hWnd)) return 1;

 
 

-            if (!MSWOnEraseBkgnd((WXHDC) (HDC)wParam))
-                return 0; // Default(); MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            else return 1;
+        case WM_PRINTCLIENT:
+            processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam);

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_MDIACTIVATE:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            HWND hWndActivate = GET_WM_MDIACTIVATE_HWNDACTIVATE(wParam,lParam);
-            HWND hWndDeactivate = GET_WM_MDIACTIVATE_HWNDDEACT(wParam,lParam);
-            BOOL activate = GET_WM_MDIACTIVATE_FACTIVATE(hWnd,wParam,lParam);
-            return MSWOnMDIActivate((long) activate, (WXHWND) hWndActivate, (WXHWND) hWndDeactivate);
-#else
-            return MSWOnMDIActivate((BOOL)wParam, (HWND)LOWORD(lParam),
-                (HWND)HIWORD(lParam));
-#endif
-        }
-    case WM_DROPFILES:
-        {
-            MSWOnDropFiles(wParam);
+
+        case WM_PAINT:
+            if ( wParam )
+            {
+                wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam);
+
+                processed = HandlePaint();
+            }
+            else // no DC given
+            {
+                processed = HandlePaint();
+            }

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_INITDIALOG:
-        {
-            return 0; // MSWOnInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
+
+        case WM_CLOSE:
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+            // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive
+            // close events unless we have this.
+            Close();
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+
+            // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it
+            // ourselves in ~wxWindow
+            processed = true;
+            rc.result = TRUE;

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
-        {
-            // Same as WM_CLOSE, but inverted results. Thx Microsoft :-)
-            //            return MSWOnClose();

 
 

-            return MSWOnQueryEndSession(lParam);
+        case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
+            processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam);

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_ENDSESSION:
-        {
-            // Same as WM_CLOSE, but inverted results. Thx Microsoft :-)
-            MSWOnEndSession((wParam != 0), lParam);
-            return 0L;
+
+        case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+            processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                        GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                        wParam);

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_CLOSE:
-        {
-            if (MSWOnClose())
-                return 0L;
-            else
-                return 1L;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+        case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
+            // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu()
+            // (on XP at least)
+            if ( m_mouseInWindow )
+            {
+                GenerateMouseLeave();
+            }
+
+            // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window
+            // manager to process the message too.  This is needed to
+            // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves
+            // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here.

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
-        {
-            MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)lParam;
-            if (m_minSizeX != -1)
-                info->ptMinTrackSize.x = (int)m_minSizeX;
-            if (m_minSizeY != -1)
-                info->ptMinTrackSize.y = (int)m_minSizeY;
-            if (m_maxSizeX != -1)
-                info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = (int)m_maxSizeX;
-            if (m_maxSizeY != -1)
-                info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = (int)m_maxSizeY;
-            return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+        case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
+            processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam);

             break;
             break;

-        }
-    case WM_GETDLGCODE:
-        {
-            return MSWGetDlgCode();
-        }
-    case WM_SETCURSOR:
-        {
-            // don't set cursor for other windows, only for this one: this
-            // prevents children of this window from gettign the same cursor
-            // as the parent has (don't forget that this message is propagated
-            // by default up the window parent-child hierarchy)
-            if ( (HWND)wParam == hWnd )
+#endif
+
+        case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+        case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
+        case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:

             {
             {

-                // don't set cursor when the mouse is not in the client part
-                short nHitTest = LOWORD(lParam);
-                if ( nHitTest == HTCLIENT || nHitTest == HTERROR )
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+                // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is
+                // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if
+                // necessary.
+                wxWindowMSW* win = this;
+                for ( ;; )

                 {
                 {

-                    HCURSOR hcursor = 0;
-                    if ( wxIsBusy() )
+                    if (!win->IsEnabled())

                     {
                     {

-                        // from msw\utils.cpp
-                        extern HCURSOR gs_wxBusyCursor;
-
-                        hcursor = gs_wxBusyCursor;
+                        processed = true;
+                        break;

                     }
                     }

-                    else
+
+                    win = win->GetParent();
+                    if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() )
+                        break;
+                }
+
+                if ( processed )
+                    break;
+
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+                int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+                    y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by
+                // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls
+                // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY)
+                wxWindowMSW *win;
+                if ( GetCapture() == this )
+                {
+                    // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window
+                    // because then it should really get this event itself
+                    win = this;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y);
+
+                    // this should never happen
+                    wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0,
+                                 _T("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") );
+                }
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+                if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN)
+                {
+                    SHRGINFO shrgi = {0};
+
+                    shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO);
+                    shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND();
+                    shrgi.ptDown.x = x;
+                    shrgi.ptDown.y = y;
+
+                    shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD;
+                    // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT;
+
+                    if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi))

                     {
                     {

-                        wxCursor *cursor = NULL;
+                        wxPoint pt(x, y);
+                        pt = ClientToScreen(pt);
+
+                        wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);

 
 

-                        if ( m_windowCursor.Ok() )
+                        evtCtx.SetEventObject(this);
+                        if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx))

                         {
                         {

-                            cursor = &m_windowCursor;
+                            processed = true;
+                            return true;

                         }
                         }

-                        else
-                        {
-                            // from msw\data.cpp
-                            extern wxCursor *g_globalCursor;
+                    }
+                }
+#endif

 
 

-                            if ( g_globalCursor && g_globalCursor->Ok() )
-                                cursor = g_globalCursor;
-                        }
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
+                wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__

 
 

-                        if ( cursor )
-                            hcursor = (HCURSOR)cursor->GetHCURSOR();
-                    }
+                processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam);

 
 

-                    if ( hcursor )
+                // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default
+                // way, that is by giving this window the focus
+                if ( !processed )
+                {
+                    // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to
+                    // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird
+                    // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow)
+                    if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() )

                     {
                     {

-                        ::SetCursor(hcursor);
-
-                        // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from
-                        // further processing this message - exactly what we
-                        // need because we've just set the cursor.
-                        return TRUE;
+                        if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->AcceptsFocus() )
+                            win->SetFocus();

                     }
                 }
             }
                     }
                 }
             }

-        }
-        return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
+            break;

 
 

-    default:
-        return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-    }
+#ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE
+        case MM_JOY1MOVE:
+        case MM_JOY2MOVE:
+        case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
+        case MM_JOY2ZMOVE:
+        case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
+        case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN:
+        case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
+        case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
+            processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message,
+                                            GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                            GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                            wParam);
+            break;
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__

 
 

-    return 0; // Success: we processed this command.
-}
+        case WM_COMMAND:
+            {
+                WORD id, cmd;
+                WXHWND hwnd;
+                UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd);

 
 

-// Dialog window proc
-LONG APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxDlgProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    return 0;
-}
+                processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd);
+            }
+            break;

 
 

-wxList *wxWinHandleList = NULL;
-wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
-{
-    wxNode *node = wxWinHandleList->Find((long)hWnd);
-    if (!node)
-        return NULL;
-    return (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-}
+        case WM_NOTIFY:
+            processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result);
+            break;

 
 

-void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindow *win)
-{
-    // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and
-    // (secondly) breaks menu command processing
-    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND) NULL, "attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list" );
+        // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU,
+        // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU
+        // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY)
+        case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT:
+            if ( lParam == NF_QUERY )
+            {
+                processed = true;
+                rc.result = NFR_UNICODE;
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU

 
 

-    if ( !wxWinHandleList->Find((long)hWnd) )
-        wxWinHandleList->Append((long)hWnd, win);
-}
+            // for these messages we must return true if process the message
+#ifdef WM_DRAWITEM
+        case WM_DRAWITEM:
+        case WM_MEASUREITEM:
+            {
+                int idCtrl = (UINT)wParam;
+                if ( message == WM_DRAWITEM )
+                {
+                    processed = MSWOnDrawItem(idCtrl,
+                                              (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(idCtrl,
+                                                 (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
+                }

 
 

-void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindow *win)
-{
-    wxWinHandleList->DeleteObject(win);
-}
+                if ( processed )
+                    rc.result = TRUE;
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM)

 
 

-// Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way
-// (e.g. with MDI child windows)
-void wxWindow::MSWDestroyWindow()
-{
-}
+        case WM_GETDLGCODE:
+            if ( !IsOfStandardClass() )
+            {
+                // we always want to get the char events
+                rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS;

 
 

-void wxWindow::MSWCreate(int id, wxWindow *parent, const char *wclass, wxWindow *wx_win, const char *title,
-                         int x, int y, int width, int height,
-                         WXDWORD style, const char *dialog_template, WXDWORD extendedStyle)
-{
-    bool is_dialog = (dialog_template != NULL);
-    int x1 = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    int y1 = 0;
-    int width1 = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    int height1 = 100;
+                if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxWANTS_CHARS )
+                {
+                    // in fact, we want everything
+                    rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS |
+                                 DLGC_WANTTAB |
+                                 DLGC_WANTALLKEYS;
+                }

 
 

-    // Find parent's size, if it exists, to set up a possible default
-    // panel size the size of the parent window
-    RECT parent_rect;
-    if (parent)
-    {
-        // Was GetWindowRect: JACS 5/5/95
-        ::GetClientRect((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), &parent_rect);
+                processed = true;
+            }
+            //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc()
+            break;

 
 

-        width1 = parent_rect.right - parent_rect.left;
-        height1 = parent_rect.bottom - parent_rect.top;
-    }
+        case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
+        case WM_KEYDOWN:
+            // If this has been processed by an event handler, return 0 now
+            // (we've handled it).
+            m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam);
+            if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed )
+            {
+                processed = true;
+            }

 
 

-    if (x > -1) x1 = x;
-    if (y > -1) y1 = y;
-    if (width > -1) width1 = width;
-    if (height > -1) height1 = height;
+            if ( !processed )
+            {
+                switch ( wParam )
+                {
+                    // we consider these messages "not interesting" to OnChar, so
+                    // just don't do anything more with them
+                    case VK_SHIFT:
+                    case VK_CONTROL:
+                    case VK_MENU:
+                    case VK_CAPITAL:
+                    case VK_NUMLOCK:
+                    case VK_SCROLL:
+                        processed = true;
+                        break;
+
+                    // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys:
+                    // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received
+                    // in WM_CHAR
+                    case VK_ESCAPE:
+                    case VK_SPACE:
+                    case VK_RETURN:
+                    case VK_BACK:
+                    case VK_TAB:
+                    case VK_ADD:
+                    case VK_SUBTRACT:
+                    case VK_MULTIPLY:
+                    case VK_DIVIDE:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD0:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD1:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD2:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD3:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD4:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD5:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD6:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD7:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD8:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD9:
+                    case VK_OEM_1:
+                    case VK_OEM_2:
+                    case VK_OEM_3:
+                    case VK_OEM_4:
+                    case VK_OEM_5:
+                    case VK_OEM_6:
+                    case VK_OEM_7:
+                    case VK_OEM_PLUS:
+                    case VK_OEM_COMMA:
+                    case VK_OEM_MINUS:
+                    case VK_OEM_PERIOD:
+                        // but set processed to false, not true to still pass them
+                        // to the control's default window proc - otherwise
+                        // built-in keyboard handling won't work
+                        processed = false;
+                        break;

 
 

-    HWND hParent = NULL;
-    if (parent)
-        hParent = (HWND) parent->GetHWND();
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+                    // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse
+                    // click because both usually pop up a context menu
+                    case VK_APPS:
+                        processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0);
+                        break;
+#endif // VK_APPS

 
 

-    wxWndHook = this;
+                    default:
+                        // do generate a CHAR event
+                        processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
+                }
+            }
+            if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN)  // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs
+                processed = false;
+            break;

 
 

-    if (is_dialog)
-    {
-        // MakeProcInstance doesn't seem to be needed in C7. Is it needed for
-        // other compilers???
-        // VZ: it's always needed for Win16 and never for Win32
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND) ::CreateDialog(wxGetInstance(), dialog_template, hParent,
-            (DLGPROC)wxDlgProc);
-#else
-        // N.B.: if we _don't_ use this form,
-        // then with VC++ 1.5, it crashes horribly.
-#if 1
-       m_hWnd = (WXHWND) ::CreateDialog(wxGetInstance(), dialog_template, hParent,
-                            (DLGPROC)wxDlgProc);
-#else
-        // Crashes when we use this.
-        DLGPROC dlgproc = (DLGPROC)MakeProcInstance((DLGPROC)wxWndProc, wxGetInstance());
+        case WM_SYSKEYUP:
+        case WM_KEYUP:
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+            // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button
+            if ( wParam == VK_APPS )
+            {
+                processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0);
+            }
+            else
+#endif // VK_APPS
+            {
+                processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam);
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case WM_SYSCHAR:
+        case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character
+            if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed )
+            {
+                // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling
+                // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by
+                // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening
+                m_lastKeydownProcessed = false;
+                processed = true;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, true);
+            }
+            break;
+
+#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
+        case WM_HOTKEY:
+            processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam);
+            break;
+#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY
+
+        case WM_HSCROLL:
+        case WM_VSCROLL:
+            {
+                WXWORD code, pos;
+                WXHWND hwnd;
+                UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd);
+
+                processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL
+                                                              : wxVERTICAL,
+                                        code, pos, hwnd);
+            }
+            break;
+
+        // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their
+        // colors
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+        case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
+        case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
+            {
+                WXHDC hdc;
+                WXHWND hwnd;
+                UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd);
+
+                processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd);
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
+
+        case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
+            // the return value for this message is ignored
+            processed = HandleSysColorChange();
+            break;

 
 

-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND) ::CreateDialog(wxGetInstance(), dialog_template, hParent,
-            (DLGPROC)dlgproc);
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
+            processed = HandleDisplayChange();
+            break;

 #endif
 #endif

+
+        case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
+            processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
+            break;
+
+        case WM_CAPTURECHANGED:
+            processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) lParam);
+            break;
+
+        case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
+            processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam);
+            break;
+
+        case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+            processed = HandleQueryNewPalette();
+            break;
+
+        case WM_ERASEBKGND:
+            processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)(HDC)wParam);
+            if ( processed )
+            {
+                // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background
+                rc.result = TRUE;
+            }
+            break;
+
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        case WM_DROPFILES:
+            processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam);
+            break;

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-        if (m_hWnd == 0)
-            MessageBox(NULL, "Can't find dummy dialog template!\nCheck resource include path for finding wx.rc.",
-            "wxWindows Error", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_OK);
-        else MoveWindow((HWND) m_hWnd, x1, y1, width1, height1, FALSE);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        int controlId = 0;
-        if (style & WS_CHILD)
-            controlId = id;
-        if (!title)
-            title = "";
-
-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND)CreateWindowEx(extendedStyle, wclass,
-            title,
-            style,
-            x1, y1,
-            width1, height1,
-            hParent, (HMENU)controlId, wxGetInstance(),
-            NULL);
-
-        if ( !m_hWnd ) {
-            wxLogError("Can't create window of class %s!\n"
-                "Possible Windows 3.x compatibility problem?", wclass);
-        }
-    }
+        case WM_INITDIALOG:
+            processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);

 
 

-    wxWndHook = NULL;
-    wxWinHandleList->Append((long)m_hWnd, this);
-}
+            if ( processed )
+            {
+                // we never set focus from here
+                rc.result = FALSE;
+            }
+            break;

 
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED(cs))
-{
-}
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
+            processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow);
+            break;

 
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnClose()
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
+        case WM_ENDSESSION:
+            processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam);
+            break;

 
 

-// Some compilers don't define this
-#ifndef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
-#define ENDSESSION_LOGOFF    0x80000000
+        case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
+            processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam);
+            break;

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-// Return TRUE to end session, FALSE to veto end session.
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnQueryEndSession(long logOff)
-{
-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, -1);
-    event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
-    event.SetCanVeto(TRUE);
-    event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
-    if ((this == wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) && // Only send once
-        wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event) && event.GetVeto())
-    {
-        return FALSE; // Veto!
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        return TRUE; // Don't veto
-    }
-}
+        case WM_SETCURSOR:
+            processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam,
+                                        LOWORD(lParam),     // hit test
+                                        HIWORD(lParam));    // mouse msg

 
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
-{
-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, -1);
-    event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
-    event.SetCanVeto(FALSE);
-    event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
-    if (endSession &&                         // No need to send if the session isn't ending
-        (this == wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) && // Only send once
-        wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event))
-    {
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
+            if ( processed )
+            {
+                // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further
+                // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've
+                // just set the cursor.
+                rc.result = TRUE;
+            }
+            break;

 
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnDestroy()
-{
-    // delete our drop target if we've got one
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    if ( m_pDropTarget != NULL ) {
-        m_pDropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
+#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
+        case WM_GETOBJECT:
+            {
+                //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam;
+                LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam;

 
 

-        delete m_pDropTarget;
-        m_pDropTarget = NULL;
-    }
+                if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible())
+                {
+                    return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible());
+                }
+                break;
+            }

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-    return TRUE;
-}
+#if defined(WM_HELP)
+        case WM_HELP:
+            {
+                // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards
+                // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already
+                // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want
+                // to get the other events if we process this message at all
+                processed = true;
+
+                // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+                HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam;
+                if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW )
+                {
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+                    wxHelpEvent helpEvent
+                                (
+                                    wxEVT_HELP,
+                                    GetId(),
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                                    wxGetMousePosition() // what else?
+#else
+                                    wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y)
+#endif
+                                );

 
 

-// Deal with child commands from buttons etc.
+                    helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+                    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+                }
+                else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM )
+                {
+                    wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId);
+                    helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+                    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);

 
 

-long wxWindow::MSWOnNotify(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    // Find a child window to send the notification to, e.g. a toolbar.
-    // There's a problem here. NMHDR::hwndFrom doesn't give us the
-    // handle of the toolbar; it's probably the handle of the tooltip
-    // window (anyway, it's parent is also the toolbar's parent).
-    // So, since we don't know which hWnd or wxWindow originated the
-    // WM_NOTIFY, we'll need to go through all the children of this window
-    // trying out MSWNotify.
-    // This won't work now, though, because any number of controls
-    // could respond to the same generic messages :-(
+                }
+                else // unknown help event?
+                {
+                    processed = false;
+                }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // WM_HELP

 
 

-    /* This doesn't work for toolbars, but try for other controls first.
-    */
-    NMHDR *hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND)hdr->hwndFrom;
-    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
+            {
+                // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as
+                // the event may be handled by a parent window
+                wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));

 
 

-    WXLPARAM result = 0;
+                wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);

 
 

-    if ( win )
-    {
-        if ( win->MSWNotify(wParam, lParam, &result) )
-            return result;
+                // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back
+                // to it if this is the case
+                wxWindowMSW *win = NULL;
+                if ( (WXHWND)wParam != m_hWnd )
+                {
+                    win = FindItemByHWND((WXHWND)wParam);
+                }
+
+                if ( !win )
+                    win = this;
+
+                evtCtx.SetEventObject(win);
+                processed = win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx);
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+
+        case WM_MENUCHAR:
+            // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU
+            if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP )
+            {
+                // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items
+                int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam);
+                if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND )
+                {
+                    rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE);
+                    processed = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+        case WM_POWERBROADCAST:
+            {
+                bool vetoed;
+                processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed);
+                rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE;
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__

     }
     }

-    else
-    {
-        // Rely on MSWNotify to check whether the message
-        // belongs to the window or not
-        wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-        while (node)
-        {
-            wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            if ( child->MSWNotify(wParam, lParam, &result) )
-                return result;
-            node = node->Next();
-        }

 
 

-        // finally try this window too (catches toolbar case)
-        if ( MSWNotify(wParam, lParam, &result) )
-            return result;
+    if ( !processed )
+    {
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+        wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."),
+                   wxGetMessageName(message));
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+        rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);

     }
     }

-#endif  // Win95

 
 

-    // not processed
-    return Default();
+    return rc.result;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnMenuHighlight(WXWORD WXUNUSED(item), WXWORD WXUNUSED(flags), WXHMENU WXUNUSED(sysmenu))
-{
-}
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWindow <-> HWND map
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnInitMenuPopup(WXHMENU menu, int pos, bool isSystem)
-{
-}
+wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash = NULL;

 
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnActivate(int state, bool WXUNUSED(minimized), WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate))
+wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)

 {
 {

-    wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, ((state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE)),
-        m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-    return 0;
+    return (wxWindow*)wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd);

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnSetFocus(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hwnd))
+void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)

 {
 {

-    // Deal with caret
-    if (m_caretEnabled && (m_caretWidth > 0) && (m_caretHeight > 0))
-    {
-        ::CreateCaret((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, m_caretWidth, m_caretHeight);
-        if (m_caretShown)
-            ::ShowCaret((HWND) GetHWND());
-    }
+    // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and
+    // (secondly) breaks menu command processing
+    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND)NULL,
+                 wxT("attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list ignored") );

 
 

-    // panel wants to track the window which was the last to have focus in it
-    wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
-    if ( parent && parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPanel)) )
+    wxWindow *oldWin = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+    if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) )

     {
     {

-        ((wxPanel *)parent)->SetLastFocus(GetId());
+        wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"),
+                   (int) hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());

     }
     }

-
-    wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnKillFocus(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hwnd))
-{
-    // Deal with caret
-    if (m_caretEnabled)
+    else
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+    if (!oldWin)

     {
     {

-        ::DestroyCaret();
+        wxWinHandleHash->Put((long)hWnd, (wxWindow *)win);

     }
     }

-
-    wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-    return TRUE;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
+void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win)

 {
 {

+    wxWinHandleHash->Delete((long)win->GetHWND());
+}

 
 

-    HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;
-    POINT dropPoint;
-    DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
-
-    // Get the total number of files dropped
-    WORD gwFilesDropped = (WORD)DragQueryFile ((HDROP)hFilesInfo,
-        (UINT)-1,
-        (LPSTR)0,
-        (UINT)0);
-
-    wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped];
-    int wIndex;
-    for (wIndex=0; wIndex < (int)gwFilesDropped; wIndex++)
-    {
-        DragQueryFile (hFilesInfo, wIndex, (LPSTR) wxBuffer, 1000);
-        files[wIndex] = wxBuffer;
-    }
-    DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
-
-    wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.y;
-
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// various MSW speciic class dependent functions
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-    delete[] files;
+// Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way
+// (e.g. with MDI child windows)
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow()
+{

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
+                                           const wxSize& size,
+                                           int& x, int& y,
+                                           int& w, int& h) const

 {
 {

-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-    if ( id == 0 ) {    // is it a menu item?
-        DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
-        wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
-        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+    // yes, those are just some arbitrary hardcoded numbers
+    static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200;

 
 

-        // prepare to call OnDrawItem()
-        wxDC dc;
-        dc.SetHDC((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC, FALSE);
-        wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top,
-            pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left,
-            pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top);
-        return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem(
-            dc, rect,
-            (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction,
-            (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState
-            );
-    }
-#endif  // owner-drawn menus
+    bool nonDefault = false;

 
 

-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES
-    if (item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
+    if ( pos.x == wxDefaultCoord )

     {
     {

-        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);
+        // if x is set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we
+        // can just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well
+        x =
+        y = CW_USEDEFAULT;

     }
     else
     }
     else

-#endif
-        return FALSE;
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
-{
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-    if ( id == 0 ) {    // is it a menu item?
-        MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
-        wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
-        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+    {
+        // OTOH, if x is not set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y shouldn't be set to it
+        // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then
+        // and so we have to choose some default value for it
+        x = pos.x;
+        y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y;

 
 

-        return pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&pMeasureStruct->itemWidth,
-            &pMeasureStruct->itemHeight);
+        nonDefault = true;

     }
     }

-#endif  // owner-drawn menus

 
 

-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES
-    if (item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
-    {
-        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);
-    }
+    /*
+      NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the
+          window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was
+          specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume
+          that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke
+          it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from
+          inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called
+          from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the
+          real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the
+          event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we
+          rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children
+          but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right
+          size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for
+          this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it
+          already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent.
+     */
+
+
+    // we don't use CW_USEDEFAULT here for several reasons:
+    //
+    //  1. it results in huge frames on modern screens (1000*800 is not
+    //     uncommon on my 1280*1024 screen) which is way too big for a half
+    //     empty frame of most of wxWidgets samples for example)
+    //
+    //  2. it is buggy for frames with wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW style for which
+    //     the default is for whatever reason 8*8 which breaks client <->
+    //     window size calculations (it would be nice if it didn't, but it
+    //     does and the simplest way to fix it seemed to change the broken
+    //     default size anyhow)
+    //
+    //  3. there is just no advantage in doing it: with x and y it is
+    //     possible that [future versions of] Windows position the new top
+    //     level window in some smart way which we can't do, but we can
+    //     guess a reasonably good size for a new window just as well
+    //     ourselves
+
+    // However, on PocketPC devices, we must use the default
+    // size if possible.
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
+    if (size.x == wxDefaultCoord)
+        w = CW_USEDEFAULT;

     else
     else

-#endif
-        return FALSE;
-}
-
-WXHBRUSH wxWindow::MSWOnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
-                                 WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
-    if (nCtlColor == CTLCOLOR_DLG)
+        w = size.x;
+    if (size.y == wxDefaultCoord)
+        h = CW_USEDEFAULT;
+    else
+        h = size.y;
+#else
+    if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord || size.y == wxDefaultCoord)

     {
     {

-        return OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
+        nonDefault = true;

     }
     }

+    w = WidthDefault(size.x);
+    h = HeightDefault(size.y);
+#endif

 
 

-    wxControl *item = (wxControl *)FindItemByHWND(pWnd, TRUE);
-
-    WXHBRUSH hBrush = 0;
-
-    if ( item )
-        hBrush = item->OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
-
-    // I think that even for dialogs, we may need to call DefWindowProc (?)
-    // Or maybe just rely on the usual default behaviour.
-    if ( !hBrush )
-        hBrush = (WXHBRUSH) MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+    AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y);

 
 

-    return hBrush ;
+    return nonDefault;

 }
 
 }
 

-// Define for each class of dialog and control
-WXHBRUSH wxWindow::OnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
-                              WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const

 {
 {

-    return (WXHBRUSH) MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+    return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL);

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnColorChange(WXHWND hWnd, WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
+                            const wxChar *title,
+                            const wxPoint& pos,
+                            const wxSize& size,
+                            WXDWORD style,
+                            WXDWORD extendedStyle)

 {
 {

-    wxSysColourChangedEvent event;
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-
-    // Check if app handles this.
-    if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        return 0;
-
-    // We didn't process it
-    return 1;
-}
+    // choose the position/size for the new window
+    int x, y, w, h;
+    (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h);

 
 

-long wxWindow::MSWOnPaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
-{
-    wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId());
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange));
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-    return 0;
-}
+    // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0
+    // unless we're creating a child window
+    int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0;

 
 

-long wxWindow::MSWOnQueryNewPalette()
-{
-    wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId());
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || !event.GetPaletteRealized())
+    // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class
+    // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it
+    // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize
+    wxString className(wclass);
+    if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) )

     {
     {

-        return (long) FALSE;
-    }
-    else
-        return (long) TRUE;
-}
-
-// Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
-void wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
-{
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    while ( node )
+        className += wxT("NR");
+    }
+
+    // do create the window
+    wxWindowCreationHook hook(this);
+
+    m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx
+                       (
+                        extendedStyle,
+                        className,
+                        title ? title : m_windowName.c_str(),
+                        style,
+                        x, y, w, h,
+                        (HWND)MSWGetParent(),
+                        (HMENU)controlId,
+                        wxGetInstance(),
+                        NULL                        // no extra data
+                       );
+
+    if ( !m_hWnd )

     {
     {

-        // Only propagate to non-top-level windows
-        wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if ( win->GetParent() )
-        {
-            wxSysColourChangedEvent event2;
-            event.m_eventObject = win;
-            win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
-        }
+        wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str());

 
 

-        node = node->Next();
+        return false;

     }
     }

-}

 
 

-long wxWindow::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
-    if ( m_oldWndProc )
-        return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, (HWND) GetHWND(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
-    else
-        return ::DefWindowProc((HWND) GetHWND(), nMsg, wParam, lParam);
-}
+    SubclassWin(m_hWnd);

 
 

-long wxWindow::Default()
-{
-    // Ignore 'fake' events (perhaps generated as a result of a separate real event)
-    if (m_lastMsg == 0)
-        return 0;
+    return true;
+}

 
 

-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, "Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc.",
-        wxGetMessageName(m_lastMsg));
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+// ===========================================================================
+// MSW message handlers
+// ===========================================================================

 
 

-    return this->MSWDefWindowProc(m_lastMsg, m_lastWParam, m_lastLParam);
-}
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// WM_NOTIFY
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)

 {
 {

-    if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) {
-        // intercept dialog navigation keys
-        MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
-        bool bProcess = TRUE;
-        if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN )
-            bProcess = FALSE;
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam;
+    HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom;
+    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd);

 
 

-        if ( bProcess && (HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
-            bProcess = FALSE;
-
-        if ( bProcess )
+    // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself
+    if ( win )
+    {
+        return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
+    }
+
+    // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it
+    //     breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip
+    //     notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls
+    //     (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my
+    //     example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the
+    //     correct button tooltips
+#if 0
+    // try all our children
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while ( node )
+    {
+        wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
+        if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) )

         {
         {

-            bool bCtrlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x100) != 0;
-
-            // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself,
-            // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter
-            // combinations which are always processed)
-            LONG lDlgCode = 0;
-            if ( !bCtrlDown )
-            {
-                lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
-            }
-
-            bool bForward = TRUE,
-                 bWindowChange = FALSE;
-
-            switch ( msg->wParam ) 
-            {
-                case VK_TAB:
-                    if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB ) {
-                        bProcess = FALSE;
-                    }
-                    else {
-                        // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages
-                        bWindowChange = bCtrlDown;
-                        bForward = !(::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x100);
-                    }
-                    break;
-
-                case VK_UP:
-                case VK_LEFT:
-                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
-                        bProcess = FALSE;
-                    else
-                        bForward = FALSE;
-                    break;
+            return true;
+        }

 
 

-                case VK_DOWN:
-                case VK_RIGHT:
-                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
-                        bProcess = FALSE;
-                    break;
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }
+#endif // 0

 
 

-                case VK_RETURN:
-                    {
-                        if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE )
-                        {
-                            // control wants to process Enter itself, don't
-                            // call IsDialogMessage() which would interpret
-                            // it
-                            return FALSE;
-                        }
-#ifndef __WIN16__
-                        wxButton *btnDefault = GetDefaultItem();
-                        if ( btnDefault && !bCtrlDown )
-                        {
-                            // if there is a default button, Enter should
-                            // press it
-                            (void)::SendMessage((HWND)btnDefault->GetHWND(),
-                                                BM_CLICK, 0, 0);
-                            return TRUE;
-                        }
-                        // else: but if there is not it makes sense to make it
-                        //       work like a TAB - and that's what we do.
-                        //       Note that Ctrl-Enter always works this way.
+    // by default, handle it ourselves
+    return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
+    return false;

 #endif
 #endif

-                    }
-                    break;
-
-                default:
-                    bProcess = FALSE;
-            }
-
-            if ( bProcess )
-            {
-                wxNavigationKeyEvent event;
-                event.SetDirection(bForward);
-                event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange);
-                event.SetEventObject(this);
+}

 
 

-                if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-                    return TRUE;
-            }
-        }
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS

 
 

-        if ( ::IsDialogMessage((HWND)GetHWND(), msg) )
-            return TRUE;
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code,
+                                      WXLPARAM lParam,
+                                      const wxString& ttip)
+{
+    // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting
+    // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally,
+    // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence
+    // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in
+    // this case
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW)
+            || ttip.empty() )
+    {
+        // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow
+        return false;

     }
     }

+#endif

 
 

-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-    if ( m_tooltip )
+    LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam;
+
+    // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80
+    // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it
+    // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters
+    //
+    // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at
+    // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have
+    // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so
+    // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length.
+    //
+    // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single
+    // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow.
+#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
+    if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW )

     {
     {

-        // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
-        MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
-        if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )
-            m_tooltip->RelayEvent(pMsg);
-    }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+        // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly.
+        static wchar_t buf[513];
+
+        // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have
+        // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would
+        // return an error
+        size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1);
+
+        // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL
+        // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient).
+        int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar
+                    (
+                        CP_ACP,
+                        0,                      // no flags
+                        ttip,
+                        tipLength,
+                        buf,
+                        WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1
+                    );
+
+        if ( !len )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("MultiByteToWideChar()"));
+        }

 
 

-    // In case we don't have wxTAB_TRAVERSAL style on.
-    // If we don't call this, we may never process Enter correctly.
-    if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) == 0 )
+        buf[len] = L'\0';
+        ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf;
+    }
+    else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA
+#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE

     {
     {

-        MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
-        if ( ::IsDialogMessage((HWND)GetHWND(), msg) )
-            return TRUE;
+        // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or
+        // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have
+        // to copy the string we have into the buffer
+        static wxChar buf[513];
+        wxStrncpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1);
+        buf[WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1] = _T('\0');
+        ttText->lpszText = buf;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
-{
-    if (m_acceleratorTable.Ok() &&
-        ::TranslateAccelerator((HWND) GetHWND(), (HACCEL) m_acceleratorTable.GetHACCEL(), (MSG *)pMsg))
-        return TRUE;
-    else
-        return FALSE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

-long wxWindow::MSWOnMDIActivate(long WXUNUSED(flag), WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate), WXHWND WXUNUSED(deactivate))
-{
-    return 1;
-}
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS

 
 

-void wxWindow::MSWDetachWindowMenu()
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
+                              WXLPARAM lParam,
+                              WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result))

 {
 {

-    if (m_hMenu)
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+    if ( m_tooltip )

     {
     {

-        int N = GetMenuItemCount((HMENU) m_hMenu);
-        int i;
-        for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
+        NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
+        if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip()))

         {
         {

-            char buf[100];
-            int chars = GetMenuString((HMENU) m_hMenu, i, buf, 100, MF_BYPOSITION);
-            if ((chars > 0) && (strcmp(buf, "&Window") == 0))
-            {
-                RemoveMenu((HMENU) m_hMenu, i, MF_BYPOSITION);
-                break;
-            }
+            // processed
+            return true;

         }
     }
         }
     }

+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(lParam);
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+    return false;

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnPaint()
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// end session messages
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)

 {
 {

-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
-    ::GetUpdateRgn((HWND) GetHWND(), hRegion, FALSE);
+#ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
+    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY);
+    event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
+    event.SetCanVeto(true);
+    event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF);

 
 

-    m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
-#else
-    RECT updateRect;
-    ::GetUpdateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), & updateRect, FALSE);
+    bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);

 
 

-    m_updateRegion = wxRegion(updateRect.left, updateRect.top,
-        updateRect.right - updateRect.left, updateRect.bottom - updateRect.top);
-#endif
+    if ( rc )
+    {
+        // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double
+        // negation...)
+        *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto();
+    }

 
 

-    wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-    return TRUE;
+    return rc;
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(logOff);
+    wxUnusedVar(mayEnd);
+    return false;
+#endif

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnSize(int w, int h, WXUINT WXUNUSED(flag))
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)

 {
 {

-    if (m_inOnSize)
-        return;
+#ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
+    // do nothing if the session isn't ending
+    if ( !endSession )
+        return false;

 
 

-    if (!m_hWnd)
-        return;
-
-    m_inOnSize = TRUE;
+    // only send once
+    if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) )
+        return false;

 
 

-    wxSizeEvent event(wxSize(w, h), m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY);
+    event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
+    event.SetCanVeto(false);
+    event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );

 
 

-    m_inOnSize = FALSE;
+    return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(endSession);
+    wxUnusedVar(logOff);
+    return false;
+#endif

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnWindowPosChanging(void *WXUNUSED(lpPos))
-{
-    Default();
-}
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// window creation/destruction
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-// Deal with child commands from buttons etc.
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs),
+                               bool *mayCreate)

 {
 {

-    if (wxCurrentPopupMenu)
-    {
-        wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu;
-        wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
-        bool succ = popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
-        return succ;
-    }
+    // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support
+    //     WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally,
+    //     not with multiple #ifdef's!
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+        EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent());
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__

 
 

-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-    if (item)
-    {
-        bool value = item->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
-        return value;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
-        if (win)
-            return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
-    }
-    return FALSE;
+    *mayCreate = true;
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

-long wxWindow::MSWOnSysCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()

 {
 {

-    switch (wParam & 0xFFFFFFF0)
+    SendDestroyEvent();
+
+    // delete our drop target if we've got one
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+    if ( m_dropTarget != NULL )

     {
     {

-    case SC_MAXIMIZE:
-        {
-            wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId);
-            event.SetEventObject(this);
-            if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-                return Default();
-            else
-                return 0;
-            break;
-        }
-    case SC_MINIMIZE:
-        {
-            wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId);
-            event.SetEventObject(this);
-            if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-                return Default();
-            else
-                return 0;
-            break;
-        }
-    default:
-        return Default();
+        m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
+
+        delete m_dropTarget;
+        m_dropTarget = NULL;

     }
     }

-    return 0;
-}
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP

 
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnLButtonDown(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN);
+    // WM_DESTROY handled
+    return true;
+}

 
 

-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// activation/focus
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN;
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state,
+                              bool WXUNUSED(minimized),
+                              WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate))
+{
+    wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE,
+                          (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE),
+                          m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnLButtonUp(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)

 {
 {

-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEFT_UP);
-
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being
+    // deleted, even if they already had focus before.
+    if ( m_isBeingDeleted )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }

 
 

-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEFT_UP;
+    // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation
+    // purposes that we got it
+    wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this);
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventFocus);

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+#if wxUSE_CARET
+    // Deal with caret
+    if ( m_caret )
+    {
+        m_caret->OnSetFocus();
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET

 
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnLButtonDClick(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK);
+#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+    // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
+    // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler
+    if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL

 
 

-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK;
+    // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok
+    event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd));

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnMButtonDown(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)

 {
 {

-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN);
+#if wxUSE_CARET
+    // Deal with caret
+    if ( m_caret )
+    {
+        m_caret->OnKillFocus();
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET

 
 

-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+    // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
+    // after the control gets to process it.
+    wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl);
+    if ( ctrl )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif

 
 

-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN;
+    // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted.  This can
+    // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object.
+    if ( m_isBeingDeleted )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+    wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnMButtonUp(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP);
+    // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok
+    event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd));

 
 

-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}

 
 

-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// labels
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label)
+{
+    SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str());

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnMButtonDClick(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const

 {
 {

-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK);
+    return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND());
+}

 
 

-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// miscellaneous
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK;
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
+{
+    wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnRButtonDown(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))

 {
 {

-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN);
-
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN;
+    wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnRButtonUp(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)

 {
 {

-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_RIGHT_UP);
-
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+#if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    wxUnusedVar(wParam);
+    return false;
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
+    HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;

 
 

-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_RIGHT_UP;
+    // Get the total number of files dropped
+    UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile
+                            (
+                                (HDROP)hFilesInfo,
+                                (UINT)-1,
+                                (LPTSTR)0,
+                                (UINT)0
+                            );

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+    wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped];
+    for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ )
+    {
+        // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL)
+        size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1;

 
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnRButtonDClick(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK);
+        // and now get the file name
+        ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex,
+                        wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len);
+    }
+    DragFinish (hFilesInfo);

 
 

-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK;
+    POINT dropPoint;
+    DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
+    event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x;
+    event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y;

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+#endif

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
+                                  short nHitTest,
+                                  int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg))

 {
 {

-    // 'normal' move event...
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    // the logic is as follows:
+    // -1. don't set cursor for non client area, including but not limited to
+    //     the title bar, scrollbars, &c
+    //  0. allow the user to override default behaviour by using EVT_SET_CURSOR
+    //  1. if we have the cursor set it unless wxIsBusy()
+    //  2. if we're a top level window, set some cursor anyhow
+    //  3. if wxIsBusy(), set the busy cursor, otherwise the global one

 
 

-    if (!m_mouseInWindow)
+    if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT )

     {
     {

-        // Generate an ENTER event
-        m_mouseInWindow = TRUE;
-        MSWOnMouseEnter(x, y, flags);
+        return false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOTION);
-
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    HCURSOR hcursor = 0;

 
 

-    // Window gets a click down message followed by a mouse move
-    // message even if position isn't changed!  We want to discard
-    // the trailing move event if x and y are the same.
-    if ((m_lastEvent == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || m_lastEvent == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
-        m_lastEvent == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN) &&
-        (m_lastXPos == event.m_x && m_lastYPos == event.m_y))
+    // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very
+    // specific way (for example, depending on the current position)
+    POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt))
+#else
+    if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+#endif

     {
     {

-        m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
-        m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
-        return;
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos"));

     }
 
     }
 

-    m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
-
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
-
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMouseEnter(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
-
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-
-    m_lastEvent = wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW;
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
-    // No message - ensure we don't try to call the default behaviour accidentally.
-    m_lastMsg = 0;
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+    int x = pt.x,
+        y = pt.y;
+    ScreenToClient(&x, &y);
+    wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y);

 
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnMouseLeave(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
+    bool processedEvtSetCursor = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() )
+    {
+        hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor());
+    }

 
 

-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    if ( !hcursor )
+    {
+        bool isBusy = wxIsBusy();

 
 

-    m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW;
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
-    // No message - ensure we don't try to call the default behaviour accidentally.
-    m_lastMsg = 0;
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+        // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using m_cursor
+        // if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned nothing from
+        // it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't be used for this
+        // point
+        if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.Ok() )
+        {
+            hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor);
+        }

 
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnChar(WXWORD wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
-{
-    int id;
-    bool tempControlDown = FALSE;
-    if (isASCII)
-    {
-        // If 1 -> 26, translate to CTRL plus a letter.
-        id = wParam;
-        if ((id > 0) && (id < 27))
+        if ( !GetParent() )

         {
         {

-            switch (id)
+            if ( isBusy )

             {
             {

-            case 13:
-                {
-                    id = WXK_RETURN;
-                    break;
-                }
-            case 8:
-                {
-                    id = WXK_BACK;
-                    break;
-                }
-            case 9:
-                {
-                    id = WXK_TAB;
-                    break;
-                }
-            default:
+                hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor();
+            }
+            else if ( !hcursor )
+            {
+                const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor();
+                if ( cursor && cursor->Ok() )

                 {
                 {

-                    tempControlDown = TRUE;
-                    id = id + 96;
+                    hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor);

                 }
             }
         }
     }
                 }
             }
         }
     }

-    else if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) == 0) {
-        // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
-        // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = TRUE)
-        id = -1;
+
+    if ( hcursor )
+    {
+//        wxLogDebug("HandleSetCursor: Setting cursor %ld", (long) hcursor);
+
+        ::SetCursor(hcursor);
+
+        // cursor set, stop here
+        return true;

     }
     }

+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+
+    // pass up the window chain
+    return false;
+}

 
 

-    if (id != -1)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam),
+                              WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam),
+                              bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed))
+{
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    // FIXME
+    return false;
+#else
+    wxEventType evtType;
+    switch ( wParam )

     {
     {

-        wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR);
-        event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-        event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-        if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
-            event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING;
+            break;

 
 

-        event.m_eventObject = this;
-        event.m_keyCode = id;
-        event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL;
+            break;

 
 

-        POINT pt ;
-        GetCursorPos(&pt) ;
-        RECT rect ;
-        GetWindowRect((HWND) GetHWND(),&rect) ;
-        pt.x -= rect.left ;
-        pt.y -= rect.top ;
+        case PBT_APMSUSPEND:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED;
+            break;

 
 

-        event.m_x = pt.x; event.m_y = pt.y;
+        case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND:
+#ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC
+        case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC:
+#endif
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME;
+            break;

 
 

-        if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-            return TRUE;
-        else
-            return FALSE;
+        default:
+            wxLogDebug(_T("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam);
+            // fall through
+
+        // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED:
+        case PBT_APMSTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW:
+        case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE:
+        case PBT_APMOEMEVENT:
+        case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL:
+            evtType = wxEVT_NULL;
+            break;

     }
     }

-    else
-        return FALSE;
+
+    // don't handle unknown messages
+    if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL )
+        return false;
+
+    // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events?
+
+    wxPowerEvent event(evtType);
+    if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+        return false;
+
+    *vetoed = event.IsVetoed();
+
+    return true;
+#endif

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnKeyDown(WXWORD wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const

 {
 {

-    int id;
-
-    if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) == 0) {
-        id = wParam;
+    for ( const wxWindowMSW *wnd = this;
+          wnd && !wnd->IsTopLevel(); wnd =
+          wnd->GetParent() )
+    {
+        if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(wnd), GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_COMPOSITED )
+            return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    if (id != -1)
+    return false;
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// owner drawn stuff
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \
+        (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__))
+    #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param
+#else
+    #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param)
+#endif
+
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id),
+                           WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct))
+{
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+    // is it a menu item?
+    DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
+    if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )

     {
     {

-        wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN);
-        event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-        event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-        if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
-            event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+        wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);

 
 

-        event.m_eventObject = this;
-        event.m_keyCode = id;
-        event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+        // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below
+        if ( !pMenuItem )
+            return false;

 
 

-        POINT pt ;
-        GetCursorPos(&pt) ;
-        RECT rect ;
-        GetWindowRect((HWND) GetHWND(),&rect) ;
-        pt.x -= rect.left ;
-        pt.y -= rect.top ;
+        wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem),
+                         false, _T("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );

 
 

-        event.m_x = pt.x; event.m_y = pt.y;
+        // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent
+        // the DC from being released
+        wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC);
+        wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top,
+                    pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left,
+                    pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top);

 
 

-        if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        {
-            return TRUE;
-        }
-        else return FALSE;
+        return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem
+               (
+                dc,
+                rect,
+                (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction,
+                (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState
+               );

     }
     }

-    else
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl);
+#else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make
+    // them owner-drawn to support colour change
+    wxControl *item =
+#                     if wxUSE_BUTTON
+                         wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton)
+#                     else
+                         NULL
+#                     endif
+                    ;
+#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+    if ( item )

     {
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);

     }
     }

+
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+
+    return false;

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnKeyUp(WXWORD wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)

 {
 {

-    int id;
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+    // is it a menu item?
+    MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
+    if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )
+    {
+        wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);

 
 

-    if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) == 0) {
-        id = wParam;
-    }
+        // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an
+        // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info:
+        // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745
+        //
+        // so silently ignore it instead of asserting
+        if ( !pMenuItem )
+            return false;

 
 

-    if (id != -1)
-    {
-        wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_KEY_UP);
-        event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-        event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-        if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
-            event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+        wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem),
+                        false, _T("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );

 
 

-        event.m_eventObject = this;
-        event.m_keyCode = id;
-        event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+        size_t w, h;
+        bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h);

 
 

-        POINT pt ;
-        GetCursorPos(&pt) ;
-        RECT rect ;
-        GetWindowRect((HWND) GetHWND(),&rect) ;
-        pt.x -= rect.left ;
-        pt.y -= rect.top ;
+        pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w;
+        pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h;

 
 

-        event.m_x = pt.x; event.m_y = pt.y;
+        return rc;
+    }

 
 

-        if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-            return TRUE;
-        else
-            return FALSE;
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl);
+    if ( item )
+    {
+        return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);

     }
     }

-    else
-        return FALSE;
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(id);
+    wxUnusedVar(itemStruct);
+#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+    return false;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyDown(int joystick, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// colours and palettes
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange()

 {
 {

-    int buttons = 0;
-    int change = 0;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+    wxSysColourChangedEvent event;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 
 

-    wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, buttons, joystick, change);
-    event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
+    // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the
+    // native controls to react to the colours update
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange()
+{
+    wxDisplayChangedEvent event;

     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 

-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyUp(int joystick, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    int buttons = 0;
-    int change = 0;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__

 
 

-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd)
+{
+#if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    wxUnusedVar(hDC);
+    wxUnusedVar(hWnd);
+#else
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl);

 
 

-    wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, buttons, joystick, change);
-    event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    if ( item )
+        *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd);
+    else
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+        *brush = NULL;

 
 

-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return *brush != NULL;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyMove(int joystick, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)

 {
 {

-    int buttons = 0;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages
+    if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() )
+    {
+        // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
+        wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+        while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() )
+        {
+            win = win->GetParent();
+        }

 
 

-    wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, buttons, joystick, 0);
-    event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
+        if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() )
+        {
+            // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed
+            HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange);
+            win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE)
+                    ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE));
+
+            int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+
+            // restore the palette (before releasing the DC)
+            win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE)
+                    ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE));
+            ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+            ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc);
+
+            // now check for the need to redraw
+            if (result > 0)
+                ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE);
+        }
+
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+    wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId());

     event.SetEventObject(this);
     event.SetEventObject(this);

+    event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange));

 
 

-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyZMove(int joystick, int z, WXUINT flags)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture)

 {
 {

-    int buttons = 0;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+    // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture
+    // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863):
+    wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost();

 
 

-    wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, buttons, joystick, 0);
-    event.SetZPosition(z);
+    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture);
+    wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win);

     event.SetEventObject(this);
     event.SetEventObject(this);

-
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnVScroll(WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)

 {
 {

-    if (control)
-    {
-        wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
-        if ( child )
-            child->MSWOnVScroll(wParam, pos, control);
-        return;
-    }
-
-    wxScrollEvent event;
-    event.SetPosition(pos);
-    event.SetOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)"
+    // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level
+    // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary
+    // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes

 
 

-    switch ( wParam )
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while ( node )

     {
     {

-    case SB_TOP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP;
-        break;
+        // top-level windows already get this message from the system
+        wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
+        if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam);
+        }

 
 

-    case SB_BOTTOM:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM;
-        break;
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }

 
 

-    case SB_LINEUP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
-        break;
+    // let the system handle it
+    return false;
+}

 
 

-    case SB_LINEDOWN:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
-        break;
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
+{

 
 

-    case SB_PAGEUP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
-        break;
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
+    wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+    while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent();
+    if (win->HasCustomPalette()) {
+        /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */
+        HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND());
+        win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
+             ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) );

 
 

-    case SB_PAGEDOWN:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
-        break;
+        int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+        /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */
+        win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
+             ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) );
+        ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+        ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc);
+        /* now check for the need to redraw */
+        if (result > 0)
+            ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE);
+        }
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE

 
 

-    case SB_THUMBTRACK:
-    case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
-        break;
+    wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId());
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    default:
-        return;
-        break;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized();
+}
+
+// Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
+void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
+{
+    // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have
+    // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we
+    // only have to do it once)
+    if ( IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        // FIXME-MT
+        gs_hasStdCmap = false;

     }
     }

+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while ( node )
+    {
+        // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already
+        // sends this event to all top-level ones
+        wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
+        if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger
+            // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for
+            // the standard controls
+            ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0);
+        }

 
 

-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnHScroll( WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
+extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()

 {
 {

-    if (control)
-    {
-        wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
-        if ( child ) {
-            child->MSWOnHScroll(wParam, pos, control);
+    static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX];
+    static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX];

 
 

-            return;
-        }
-    }
-    else {
-        wxScrollEvent event;
-        event.SetPosition(pos);
-        event.SetOrientation(wxHORIZONTAL);
-        event.m_eventObject = this;
+    if ( !gs_hasStdCmap )
+    {
+        static bool s_coloursInit = false;

 
 

-        switch ( wParam )
+        if ( !s_coloursInit )

         {
         {

-        case SB_TOP:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP;
-            break;
-
-        case SB_BOTTOM:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM;
-            break;
+            // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently
+            // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always
+            // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows
+            // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so
+            // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a
+            // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change
+            // to.
+            wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap
+            wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS"));
+            if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() )
+            {
+                // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX!
+                wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX,
+                              _T("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") );

 
 

-        case SB_LINEUP:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
-            break;
+                wxMemoryDC memDC;
+                memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap);

 
 

-        case SB_LINEDOWN:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
-            break;
+                wxColour colour;
+                for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ )
+                {
+                    memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour);
+                    s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour);
+                }
+            }
+            else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded
+            {
+                s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000);     // black
+                s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128);     // dark grey
+                s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192);     // light grey
+                s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255);     // white
+                //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255);     // blue
+                //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255);     // magenta
+            }

 
 

-        case SB_PAGEUP:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
-            break;
+            s_coloursInit = true;
+        }

 
 

-        case SB_PAGEDOWN:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
-            break;
+        gs_hasStdCmap = true;

 
 

-        case SB_THUMBTRACK:
-        case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
-            break;
+        // create the colour map
+#define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \
+            s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \
+            s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col)

 
 

-        default:
-            return;
-        }
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT);
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW);
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE);
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT);

 
 

-        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-            return;
+#undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY

     }
 
     }
 

-    // call the default WM_HSCROLL handler: it's non trivial in some common
-    // controls (up-down control for example)
-    Default();
+    return s_cmap;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWOnShow(bool show, int status)
-{
-    wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// painting
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()

 {
 {

-    wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-    return TRUE;
+    HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
+    if ( !hRegion )
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn"));
+    if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR )
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn"));
+
+    m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
+
+    wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    bool processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+    // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise
+    // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background
+    // colour
+    wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId);
+    eventNc.SetEventObject(this);
+    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventNc);
+
+    return processed;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::InitDialog()
+// Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler
+void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)

 {
 {

-    wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
-    event.SetEventObject( this );
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    event.Skip();
+#else
+    HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDC::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject());
+    if (hDC != 0)
+    {
+        MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0);
+    }
+#endif

 }
 
 }
 

-// Default init dialog behaviour is to transfer data to window
-void wxWindow::OnInitDialog(wxInitDialogEvent& event)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)

 {
 {

-    TransferDataToWindow();
+    wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize());
+
+    dc.SetHDC(hdc);
+    dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
+
+    wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+    // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp
+    dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc);
+
+    return rc;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y,wxFont *the_font)
+void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)

 {
 {

-    TEXTMETRIC tm;
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);
-    HFONT fnt =0;
-    HFONT was = 0;
-    if (the_font)
+    // standard non top level controls (i.e. except the dialogs) always erase
+    // their background themselves in HandleCtlColor() or have some control-
+    // specific ways to set the colours (common controls)
+    if ( IsOfStandardClass() && !IsTopLevel() )

     {
     {

-        //    the_font->UseResource();
-        //    the_font->RealizeResource();
-        fnt = (HFONT)the_font->GetResourceHandle();
-        if ( fnt )
-            was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt) ;
+        event.Skip();
+        return;

     }
     }

-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
-    if (the_font && fnt && was)
+
+    if ( GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM )

     {
     {

-        SelectObject(dc,was) ;
+        // don't skip the event here, custom background means that the app
+        // is drawing it itself in its OnPaint(), so don't draw it at all
+        // now to avoid flicker
+        return;

     }
     }

-    ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc);
-    *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth;
-    *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;

 
 

-    //  if (the_font)
-    //    the_font->ReleaseResource();
-}

 
 

-// Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
-// the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
-int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int keySym)
-{
-    int id = 0;
-    switch (keySym)
-    {
-    case VK_CANCEL:     id = WXK_CANCEL; break;
-    case VK_BACK:       id = WXK_BACK; break;
-    case VK_TAB:        id = WXK_TAB; break;
-    case VK_CLEAR:      id = WXK_CLEAR; break;
-    case VK_RETURN:     id = WXK_RETURN; break;
-    case VK_SHIFT:      id = WXK_SHIFT; break;
-    case VK_CONTROL:    id = WXK_CONTROL; break;
-    case VK_MENU :      id = WXK_MENU; break;
-    case VK_PAUSE:      id = WXK_PAUSE; break;
-    case VK_SPACE:      id = WXK_SPACE; break;
-    case VK_ESCAPE:     id = WXK_ESCAPE; break;
-    case VK_PRIOR:      id = WXK_PRIOR; break;
-    case VK_NEXT :      id = WXK_NEXT; break;
-    case VK_END:        id = WXK_END; break;
-    case VK_HOME :      id = WXK_HOME; break;
-    case VK_LEFT :      id = WXK_LEFT; break;
-    case VK_UP:         id = WXK_UP; break;
-    case VK_RIGHT:      id = WXK_RIGHT; break;
-    case VK_DOWN :      id = WXK_DOWN; break;
-    case VK_SELECT:     id = WXK_SELECT; break;
-    case VK_PRINT:      id = WXK_PRINT; break;
-    case VK_EXECUTE:    id = WXK_EXECUTE; break;
-    case VK_INSERT:     id = WXK_INSERT; break;
-    case VK_DELETE:     id = WXK_DELETE; break;
-    case VK_HELP :      id = WXK_HELP; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD0:    id = WXK_NUMPAD0; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD1:    id = WXK_NUMPAD1; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD2:    id = WXK_NUMPAD2; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD3:    id = WXK_NUMPAD3; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD4:    id = WXK_NUMPAD4; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD5:    id = WXK_NUMPAD5; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD6:    id = WXK_NUMPAD6; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD7:    id = WXK_NUMPAD7; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD8:    id = WXK_NUMPAD8; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD9:    id = WXK_NUMPAD9; break;
-    case VK_MULTIPLY:   id = WXK_MULTIPLY; break;
-    case VK_ADD:        id = WXK_ADD; break;
-    case VK_SUBTRACT:   id = WXK_SUBTRACT; break;
-    case VK_DECIMAL:    id = WXK_DECIMAL; break;
-    case VK_DIVIDE:     id = WXK_DIVIDE; break;
-    case VK_F1:         id = WXK_F1; break;
-    case VK_F2:         id = WXK_F2; break;
-    case VK_F3:         id = WXK_F3; break;
-    case VK_F4:         id = WXK_F4; break;
-    case VK_F5:         id = WXK_F5; break;
-    case VK_F6:         id = WXK_F6; break;
-    case VK_F7:         id = WXK_F7; break;
-    case VK_F8:         id = WXK_F8; break;
-    case VK_F9:         id = WXK_F9; break;
-    case VK_F10:        id = WXK_F10; break;
-    case VK_F11:        id = WXK_F11; break;
-    case VK_F12:        id = WXK_F12; break;
-    case VK_F13:        id = WXK_F13; break;
-    case VK_F14:        id = WXK_F14; break;
-    case VK_F15:        id = WXK_F15; break;
-    case VK_F16:        id = WXK_F16; break;
-    case VK_F17:        id = WXK_F17; break;
-    case VK_F18:        id = WXK_F18; break;
-    case VK_F19:        id = WXK_F19; break;
-    case VK_F20:        id = WXK_F20; break;
-    case VK_F21:        id = WXK_F21; break;
-    case VK_F22:        id = WXK_F22; break;
-    case VK_F23:        id = WXK_F23; break;
-    case VK_F24:        id = WXK_F24; break;
-    case VK_NUMLOCK:    id = WXK_NUMLOCK; break;
-    case VK_SCROLL:     id = WXK_SCROLL; break;
-    default:
-        {
-            return 0;
-        }
-    }
-    return id;
-}
-
-int wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int id, bool *isVirtual)
-{
-    *isVirtual = TRUE;
-    int keySym = 0;
-    switch (id)
-    {
-    case WXK_CANCEL:    keySym = VK_CANCEL; break;
-    case WXK_CLEAR:     keySym = VK_CLEAR; break;
-    case WXK_SHIFT:     keySym = VK_SHIFT; break;
-    case WXK_CONTROL:   keySym = VK_CONTROL; break;
-    case WXK_MENU :     keySym = VK_MENU; break;
-    case WXK_PAUSE:     keySym = VK_PAUSE; break;
-    case WXK_PRIOR:     keySym = VK_PRIOR; break;
-    case WXK_NEXT :     keySym = VK_NEXT; break;
-    case WXK_END:       keySym = VK_END; break;
-    case WXK_HOME :     keySym = VK_HOME; break;
-    case WXK_LEFT :     keySym = VK_LEFT; break;
-    case WXK_UP:        keySym = VK_UP; break;
-    case WXK_RIGHT:     keySym = VK_RIGHT; break;
-    case WXK_DOWN :     keySym = VK_DOWN; break;
-    case WXK_SELECT:    keySym = VK_SELECT; break;
-    case WXK_PRINT:     keySym = VK_PRINT; break;
-    case WXK_EXECUTE:   keySym = VK_EXECUTE; break;
-    case WXK_INSERT:    keySym = VK_INSERT; break;
-    case WXK_DELETE:    keySym = VK_DELETE; break;
-    case WXK_HELP :     keySym = VK_HELP; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD0:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD0; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD1:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD1; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD2:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD2; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD3:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD3; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD4:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD4; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD5:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD5; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD6:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD6; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD7:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD7; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD8:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD8; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD9:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD9; break;
-    case WXK_MULTIPLY:  keySym = VK_MULTIPLY; break;
-    case WXK_ADD:       keySym = VK_ADD; break;
-    case WXK_SUBTRACT:  keySym = VK_SUBTRACT; break;
-    case WXK_DECIMAL:   keySym = VK_DECIMAL; break;
-    case WXK_DIVIDE:    keySym = VK_DIVIDE; break;
-    case WXK_F1:        keySym = VK_F1; break;
-    case WXK_F2:        keySym = VK_F2; break;
-    case WXK_F3:        keySym = VK_F3; break;
-    case WXK_F4:        keySym = VK_F4; break;
-    case WXK_F5:        keySym = VK_F5; break;
-    case WXK_F6:        keySym = VK_F6; break;
-    case WXK_F7:        keySym = VK_F7; break;
-    case WXK_F8:        keySym = VK_F8; break;
-    case WXK_F9:        keySym = VK_F9; break;
-    case WXK_F10:       keySym = VK_F10; break;
-    case WXK_F11:       keySym = VK_F11; break;
-    case WXK_F12:       keySym = VK_F12; break;
-    case WXK_F13:       keySym = VK_F13; break;
-    case WXK_F14:       keySym = VK_F14; break;
-    case WXK_F15:       keySym = VK_F15; break;
-    case WXK_F16:       keySym = VK_F16; break;
-    case WXK_F17:       keySym = VK_F17; break;
-    case WXK_F18:       keySym = VK_F18; break;
-    case WXK_F19:       keySym = VK_F19; break;
-    case WXK_F20:       keySym = VK_F20; break;
-    case WXK_F21:       keySym = VK_F21; break;
-    case WXK_F22:       keySym = VK_F22; break;
-    case WXK_F23:       keySym = VK_F23; break;
-    case WXK_F24:       keySym = VK_F24; break;
-    case WXK_NUMLOCK:   keySym = VK_NUMLOCK; break;
-    case WXK_SCROLL:    keySym = VK_SCROLL; break;
-    default:
-        {
-            *isVirtual = FALSE;
-            keySym = id;
-            break;
-        }
+    // do default background painting
+    if ( !DoEraseBackground(GetHdcOf(*event.GetDC())) )
+    {
+        // let the system paint the background
+        event.Skip();

     }
     }

-    return keySym;

 }
 
 }
 

-// Caret manipulation
-void wxWindow::CreateCaret(int w, int h)
+bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC)

 {
 {

-    m_caretWidth = w;
-    m_caretHeight = h;
-    m_caretEnabled = TRUE;
+    HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC);
+    if ( !hbr )
+        return false;
+
+    wxFillRect(GetHwnd(), (HDC)hDC, hbr);
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::CreateCaret(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap))
+WXHBRUSH
+wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), WXHWND hWnd)

 {
 {

-    // Not implemented
+    if ( m_hasBgCol )
+    {
+        // our background colour applies to:
+        //  1. this window itself, always
+        //  2. all children unless the colour is "not inheritable"
+        //  3. even if it is not inheritable, our immediate transparent
+        //     children should still inherit it -- but not any transparent
+        //     children because it would look wrong if a child of non
+        //     transparent child would show our bg colour when the child itself
+        //     does not
+        wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd);
+        if ( win == this ||
+                m_inheritBgCol ||
+                    (win && win->HasTransparentBackground() &&
+                        win->GetParent() == this) )
+        {
+            // draw children with the same colour as the parent
+            wxBrush *
+                brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour());
+
+            return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return 0;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::ShowCaret(bool show)
+WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWndToPaint)

 {
 {

-    if (m_caretEnabled)
+    if ( !hWndToPaint )
+        hWndToPaint = GetHWND();
+
+    for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() )

     {
     {

-        if (show)
-            ::ShowCaret((HWND) GetHWND());
-        else
-            ::HideCaret((HWND) GetHWND());
-        m_caretShown = show;
+        WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, hWndToPaint);
+        if ( hBrush )
+            return hBrush;
+
+        // background is not inherited beyond top level windows
+        if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
+            break;

     }
     }

+
+    return 0;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::DestroyCaret()
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC)

 {
 {

-    m_caretEnabled = FALSE;
+    // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is
+    // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we
+    // must draw properly themed background here
+    //
+    // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the
+    // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it
+    // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is
+    // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params
+    //
+    // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're
+    // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else!
+
+    if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() )
+        return false;
+
+    // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead
+    // return whatever value this window wants
+    if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() )
+        return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this);
+
+    for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )
+    {
+        if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) )
+            return true;
+
+        if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() )
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return false;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetCaretPos(int x, int y)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// moving and resizing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize()

 {
 {

-    ::SetCaretPos(x, y);
+    wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::GetCaretPos(int *x, int *y) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize()

 {
 {

-    POINT point;
-    ::GetCaretPos(&point);
-    *x = point.x;
-    *y = point.y;
+    wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y)

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
-    if (hWnd != 0)
-    {
-        return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
+    wxPoint point(x,y);
+    wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-// Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
-// in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
-static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0;
-static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0;
-int APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam);
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}

 
 

-void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect)

 {
 {

-    if (doIt)
-    {
-        wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
-        wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__TWIN32__)
-            GetCurrentThreadId());
-        //      (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
-#else
-        GetCurrentTask());
-#endif
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
-        FreeProcInstance(wxTheKeyboardHookProc);
-    }
+    wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    if (rc)
+        rect = event.GetRect();
+    return rc;

 }
 
 }
 

-int APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam)

 {
 {

-    DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
-    if (nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0))
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be
+    // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them
+    int numChildren = 0;
+    for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD);
+          child;
+          child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) )

     {
     {

-        int id;
-        if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) != 0)
-        {
-            wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
-            if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
-                event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+        numChildren ++;
+    }

 
 

-            event.m_eventObject = NULL;
-            event.m_keyCode = id;
-            /* begin Albert's fix for control and shift key 26.5 */
-            event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-            event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-            /* end Albert's fix for control and shift key 26.5 */
-            event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+    // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten
+    bool useDefer = false;

 
 

-            wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
-            if (win)
-            {
-                if (win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-                    return 1;
-            }
-            else
+    if ( numChildren > 1 )
+    {
+        if (!m_hDWP)
+        {
+            m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren);
+            if ( !m_hDWP )

             {
             {

-                if ( wxTheApp && wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event) )
-                    return 1;
+                wxLogLastError(_T("BeginDeferWindowPos"));

             }
             }

+            if (m_hDWP)
+                useDefer = true;

         }
     }
         }
     }

-    return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
-}
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING

 
 

-void wxWindow::SetSizeHints(int minW, int minH, int maxW, int maxH, int WXUNUSED(incW), int WXUNUSED(incH))
-{
-    m_minSizeX = minW;
-    m_minSizeY = minH;
-    m_maxSizeX = maxW;
-    m_maxSizeY = maxH;
-}
+    // update this window size
+    bool processed = false;
+    switch ( wParam )
+    {
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") );
+            // fall through nevertheless

 
 

-void wxWindow::Centre(int direction)
-{
-    int x, y, width, height, panel_width, panel_height, new_x, new_y;
+        case SIZE_MAXHIDE:
+        case SIZE_MAXSHOW:
+            // we're not interested in these messages at all
+            break;

 
 

-    wxWindow *father = (wxWindow *)GetParent();
-    if (!father)
-        return;
+        case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
+            processed = HandleMinimize();
+            break;

 
 

-    father->GetClientSize(&panel_width, &panel_height);
-    GetSize(&width, &height);
-    GetPosition(&x, &y);
+        case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
+            /* processed = */ HandleMaximize();
+            // fall through to send a normal size event as well

 
 

-    new_x = -1;
-    new_y = -1;
+        case SIZE_RESTORED:
+            // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size
+            // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to
+            // receive the total size
+            wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId);
+            event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    if (direction & wxHORIZONTAL)
-        new_x = (int)((panel_width - width)/2);
+            processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    }

 
 

-    if (direction & wxVERTICAL)
-        new_y = (int)((panel_height - height)/2);
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once
+    if ( useDefer && m_hDWP )
+    {
+        // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our
+        // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't
+        // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we
+        // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...)
+        HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP;
+        m_hDWP = NULL;
+
+        // do put all child controls in place at once
+        if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("EndDeferWindowPos"));
+        }

 
 

-    SetSize(new_x, new_y, -1, -1);
+        // Reset our children's pending pos/size values.
+        for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+              node;
+              node = node->GetNext() )
+        {
+            wxWindowMSW *child = node->GetData();
+            child->m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition;
+            child->m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING

 
 

+    return processed;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::WarpPointer (int x_pos, int y_pos)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect)

 {
 {

-    // Move the pointer to (x_pos,y_pos) coordinates. They are expressed in
-    // pixel coordinates, relatives to the canvas -- So, we first need to
-    // substract origin of the window, then convert to screen position
-
-    int x = x_pos; int y = y_pos;
-    RECT rect;
-    GetWindowRect ((HWND) GetHWND(), &rect);
-
-    x += rect.left;
-    y += rect.top;
+    wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    SetCursorPos (x, y);
+    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    if (rc)
+        rect = event.GetRect();
+    return rc;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MSWDeviceToLogical (float *x, float *y) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo))

 {
 {

-}
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    return false;
+#else
+    MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo;

 
 

-bool wxWindow::MSWOnEraseBkgnd (WXHDC pDC)
-{
-    wxDC dc ;
+    bool rc = false;

 
 

-    dc.SetHDC(pDC);
-    dc.SetWindow(this);
-    dc.BeginDrawing();
+    int minWidth = GetMinWidth(),
+        minHeight = GetMinHeight(),
+        maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(),
+        maxHeight = GetMaxHeight();

 
 

-    wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
+    if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord )

     {
     {

-        dc.EndDrawing();
-        dc.SelectOldObjects(pDC);
-        return FALSE;
+        info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth;
+        rc = true;

     }
     }

-    else
+
+    if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord )

     {
     {

-        dc.EndDrawing();
-        dc.SelectOldObjects(pDC);
+        info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight;
+        rc = true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    dc.SetHDC((WXHDC) NULL);
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
-{
-    if (!GetHWND())
-        return;
-
-    RECT rect;
-    ::GetClientRect((HWND) GetHWND(), &rect);
-
-    COLORREF ref = PALETTERGB(m_backgroundColour.Red(), m_backgroundColour.Green(), m_backgroundColour.Blue()) ;
-    HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(ref);
-    int mode = ::SetMapMode((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), MM_TEXT);
+    if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord )
+    {
+        info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth;
+        rc = true;
+    }

 
 

-    //  ::GetClipBox((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), &rect);
-    ::FillRect ((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), &rect, hBrush);
-    ::DeleteObject(hBrush);
-    ::SetMapMode((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), mode);
-    /*
-    // Less efficient version (and doesn't account for scrolling)
-    int w, h;
-    GetClientSize(& w, & h);
-    wxBrush *brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(& GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
-    event.GetDC()->SetBrush(brush);
-    event.GetDC()->SetPen(wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
+    if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord )
+    {
+        info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight;
+        rc = true;
+    }

 
 

-      event.GetDC()->DrawRectangle(0, 0, w+1, h+1);
-    */
+    return rc;
+#endif

 }
 
 }
 

-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-void wxWindow::SetScrollRange(int orient, int range, bool refresh)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command messages
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)

 {
 {

-#if defined(__WIN95__)
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+    if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu )
+    {
+        wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu;
+        wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
+
+        return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE

 
 

-    int range1 = range;
+    wxWindow *win = NULL;

 
 

-    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-    // - a Windows API quirk
-    int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
-    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+    // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken
+    // programs using the same ids for different controls
+    if ( control )

     {
     {

-        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);

     }
 
     }
 

-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+    // try the id
+    if ( !win )
+    {
+        // must cast to a signed type before comparing with other ids!
+        win = FindItem((signed short)id);
+    }

 
 

-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
+    if ( win )
+    {
+        return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id);

     }
 
     }
 

-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nMax = range1;
-    info.nPos = 0;
-    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE;
+    // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl
+    // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu
+    // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything
+    // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
+    if ( !control )
+    {
+        // If no child window, it may be an accelerator, e.g. for a popup menu
+        // command

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+        wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED);
+        event.SetEventObject(this);
+        event.SetId(id);
+        event.SetInt(id);

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, refresh);
+        return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+        // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND
+        // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
+        // wxSpinCtrl
+        wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control);
+        if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) )
+            return true;
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
+
+#if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
+        // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND
+        // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
+        // wxChoice
+        wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control);
+        if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) )
+            return true;

 #endif
 #endif

+    }
+
+    return false;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetScrollPage(int orient, int page, bool refresh)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// mouse events
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event,
+                                 int x, int y,
+                                 WXUINT flags)

 {
 {

-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+    // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones
+    wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin();
+    event.m_x = x - pt.x;
+    event.m_y = y - pt.y;

 
 

-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-        m_xThumbSize = page;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
-        m_yThumbSize = page;
-    }
+    event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0;
+    event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0;
+    event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0;
+    event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0;
+    event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0;
+    event.m_altDown = ::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0;

 
 

-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = page;
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.fMask = SIF_PAGE ;
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
+#endif

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    event.SetId(GetId());
+
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+    gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y));
+    gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType();
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+}
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+// Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are
+// transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns
+// HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events
+// and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if
+// we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX
+// to.
+//
+// Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could
+// (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts
+// still don't get move, enter nor leave events.
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y)
+{
+    wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") );
+
+    // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events
+    // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example
+    POINT pt = { *x, *y };
+    HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win),
+         hwndUnderMouse;
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint
+                       (
+                        hwnd,
+                        pt
+                       );

 #else
 #else

-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        m_xThumbSize = page;
-    else
-        m_yThumbSize = page;
+    hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx
+                       (
+                        hwnd,
+                        pt,
+                        CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE   |
+                        CWP_SKIPDISABLED    |
+                        CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT
+                       );

 #endif
 #endif

-}

 
 

-int wxWindow::OldGetScrollRange(int orient) const
-{
-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+    if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd )
+    {
+        // now try any child window at all
+        hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt);
+    }

 
 

-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
-    short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
-    int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-    {
-        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-        // - a Windows API quirk
-        int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
-        if ( pageSize > 1 )
+    // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse
+    // events: for this it must be shown and enabled
+    if ( hwndUnderMouse &&
+            hwndUnderMouse != hwnd &&
+                ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) &&
+                    ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) )
+    {
+        wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwndUnderMouse);
+        if ( winUnderMouse )

         {
         {

-            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
+            // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords
+            win->ClientToScreen(x, y);
+            winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y);
+
+            win = winUnderMouse;

         }
         }

-#endif
-        return maxPos;

     }
     }

-    else
-        return 0;
-}

 
 

-int wxWindow::GetScrollPage(int orient) const
-{
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        return m_xThumbSize;
-    else
-        return m_yThumbSize;
+    return win;

 }
 }

-#endif
+#endif // __WXWINCE__

 
 

-int wxWindow::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)

 {
 {

-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
+    // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to
+    // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST
+    // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event
+    // id
+    static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] =

     {
     {

-        return ::GetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient);
-    }
-    else
-        return 0;
+        wxEVT_MOTION,
+        wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
+        wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
+        wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
+        wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
+        wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
+        wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
+        wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
+        wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
+        wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
+    };
+
+    wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]);
+    InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-// This now returns the whole range, not just the number
-// of positions that we can scroll.
-int wxWindow::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)

 {
 {

-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+    if ( !m_mouseInWindow )
+    {
+        // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move
+        // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually
+        // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check
+        // the mouse coordinates here
+        if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() )
+        {
+            // Generate an ENTER event
+            m_mouseInWindow = true;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+            typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT);
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+            static const _TrackMouseEvent_t
+                s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent;
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
+            static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent;
+            static bool s_initDone = false;
+            if ( !s_initDone )
+            {
+                wxLogNull noLog;

 
 

-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
-    short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
-    int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-    {
-        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-        // - a Windows API quirk
-        int pageSize = GetScrollThumb(orient);
-        if ( pageSize > 1 )
+                wxDynamicLibrary dllComCtl32(_T("comctl32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM);
+                if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() )
+                {
+                    s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t)
+                        dllComCtl32.GetSymbol(_T("_TrackMouseEvent"));
+                }
+
+                s_initDone = true;
+
+                // notice that it's ok to unload comctl32.dll here as it won't
+                // be really unloaded, being still in use because we link to it
+                // statically too
+            }
+
+            if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent )
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
+            {
+                WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo;
+
+                trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
+                trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd();
+
+                (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo);
+            }
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+
+            wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
+            InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
+
+            (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+        }
+    }
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+    else // mouse not in window
+    {
+        // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
+        // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so
+        // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking
+        if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() )

         {
         {

-            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
+            GenerateMouseLeave();

         }
         }

-        // October 10th: new range concept.
-        maxPos += pageSize;
-#endif
-
-        return maxPos;

     }
     }

-    else
-        return 0;
-}
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+    // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't
+    // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576)
+    //
+    // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to
+    // other platforms
+    if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION )
+    {
+        if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos )
+        {
+            gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION;
+
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK

 
 

-int wxWindow::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
-{
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        return m_xThumbSize;
-    else
-        return m_yThumbSize;
+    return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)

 {
 {

-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+    // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's
+    // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client
+    // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for
+    // consistency
+    const wxPoint
+        pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)));
+    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL);
+    InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam));
+    event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam);
+    event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA;

 
 

-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
+    static int s_linesPerRotation = -1;
+    if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 )
+    {
+        if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0,
+                                     &s_linesPerRotation, 0))
+        {
+            // this is not supposed to happen
+            wxLogLastError(_T("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)"));
+
+            // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed
+            s_linesPerRotation = 3;
+        }

     }
 
     }
 

-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = 0;
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nPos = pos;
-    info.fMask = SIF_POS ;
+    event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+#else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+    wxUnusedVar(wParam);
+    wxUnusedVar(lParam);

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
-#endif
+    return false;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL

 }
 
 }
 

-// New function that will replace some of the above.
-void wxWindow::SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
-                            int range, bool refresh)
+void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave()

 {
 {

-/*
-SetScrollPage(orient, thumbVisible, FALSE);
-
-  int oldRange = range - thumbVisible ;
-  SetScrollRange(orient, oldRange, FALSE);
+    m_mouseInWindow = false;

 
 

-    SetScrollPos(orient, pos, refresh);
-    */
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    int oldRange = range - thumbVisible ;
+    int state = 0;
+    if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
+        state |= MK_SHIFT;
+    if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
+        state |= MK_CONTROL;

 
 

-    int range1 = oldRange;
+    // Only the high-order bit should be tested
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_LBUTTON;
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_MBUTTON;
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_RBUTTON;

 
 

-    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-    // - a Windows API quirk
-    int pageSize = thumbVisible;
-    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+    POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt) )
+#else
+    if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+#endif

     {
     {

-        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
+        wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos"));

     }
 
     }
 

-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+    // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
+    // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
+    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+    pt.x -= rect.left;
+    pt.y -= rect.top;

 
 

-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
-    }
+    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
+    InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state);

 
 

-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nMax = range1;
-    info.nPos = pos;
-    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// keyboard handling
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by
+// HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up
+wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
+                                       int id,
+                                       WXLPARAM lParam,
+                                       WXWPARAM wParam) const
+{
+    wxKeyEvent event(evType);
+    event.SetId(GetId());
+    event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
+    event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
+    event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN;

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+    event.SetEventObject((wxWindow *)this); // const_cast
+    event.m_keyCode = id;
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE
+    event.m_uniChar = (wxChar) wParam;
+#endif
+    event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam;
+    event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam;
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
+#endif
+
+    // translate the position to client coords
+    POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt);

 #else
 #else

-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+    GetCursorPos(&pt);
+#endif
+    RECT rect;
+    GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect);
+    pt.x -= rect.left;
+    pt.y -= rect.top;
+
+    event.m_x = pt.x;
+    event.m_y = pt.y;

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
+    return event;
+}
+
+// isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from
+// WM_KEYDOWN one
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
+{
+    int id;
+    if ( isASCII )

     {
     {

-        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, FALSE);
-        ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
+        id = wParam;

     }
     }

-#endif
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        m_xThumbSize = thumbVisible;
-    } else {
-        m_yThumbSize = thumbVisible;
+    else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN
+    {
+        // don't pass lParam to wxCharCodeMSWToWX() here because we don't want
+        // to get numpad key codes: CHAR events should use the logical keys
+        // such as WXK_HOME instead of WXK_NUMPAD_HOME which is for KEY events
+        id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+        if ( id == 0 )
+        {
+            // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
+            // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = true), don't process it now
+            return false;
+        }

     }
     }

-}

 
 

-void wxWindow::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect)
-{
-    RECT rect2;
-    if ( rect )
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam));
+
+    // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European
+    // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user
+    // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything
+    // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the
+    // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really
+    // needed)
+    if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown &&
+            (id >= 32 && id < 256) )

     {
     {

-        rect2.left = rect->x;
-        rect2.top = rect->y;
-        rect2.right = rect->x + rect->width;
-        rect2.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
+        event.m_controlDown =
+        event.m_altDown = false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    if ( rect )
-        ::ScrollWindow((HWND) GetHWND(), dx, dy, &rect2, NULL);
-    else
-        ::ScrollWindow((HWND) GetHWND(), dx, dy, NULL, NULL);
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)

 {
 {

-    m_windowFont = font;
-
-    if (!m_windowFont.Ok())
-        return;
+    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd != 0)
+    if ( !id )

     {
     {

-        if (m_windowFont.GetResourceHandle())
-            SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT,
-            (WPARAM)m_windowFont.GetResourceHandle(),TRUE);
+        // normal ASCII char
+        id = wParam;

     }
     }

+
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam));
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)

 {
 {

-    wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, "subclassing window twice?" );
+    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);

 
 

-    wxAssociateWinWithHandle((HWND)hWnd, this);
+    if ( !id )
+    {
+        // normal ASCII char
+        id = wParam;
+    }

 
 

-    m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC) GetWindowLong((HWND) hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
-    SetWindowLong((HWND) hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) wxWndProc);
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam));
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::UnsubclassWin()
+int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel),
+                                WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam))

 {
 {

-    wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
+    // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly
+    // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam;

 
 

-    // Restore old Window proc
-    if ((HWND) GetHWND())
+    MENUITEMINFO mii;
+    wxZeroMemory(mii);
+    mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO);
+
+    // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is
+    // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but
+    // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95
+    mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA;
+
+    // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item
+    const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu);
+    for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ )

     {
     {

-        FARPROC farProc = (FARPROC) GetWindowLong((HWND) GetHWND(), GWL_WNDPROC);
-        if ((m_oldWndProc != 0) && (farProc != (FARPROC) m_oldWndProc))
+        // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before
+        // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData
+        mii.cch = 0;
+
+        if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) )
+        {
+            if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW )
+            {
+                //  dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a
+                //  pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the
+                //  menu creation code
+                wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData;
+
+                const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(item->GetText(), _T('&'));
+                while ( p++ )
+                {
+                    if ( *p == _T('&') )
+                    {
+                        // this is not the accel char, find the real one
+                        p = wxStrchr(p + 1, _T('&'));
+                    }
+                    else // got the accel char
+                    {
+                        // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work
+                        // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but
+                        // what can we do?
+                        if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel )
+                        {
+                            return i;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            // this one doesn't match
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else // failed to get the menu text?

         {
         {

-            SetWindowLong((HWND) GetHWND(), GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) m_oldWndProc);
-            m_oldWndProc = 0;
+            // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it
+            wxLogLastError(_T("GetMenuItemInfo"));

         }
     }
         }
     }

+#endif
+    return wxNOT_FOUND;

 }
 
 }
 

-// Make a Windows extended style from the given wxWindows window style
-WXDWORD wxWindow::MakeExtendedStyle(long style, bool eliminateBorders)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent( WXUINT nMsg )

 {
 {

-    WXDWORD exStyle = 0;
-    if ( style & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
-        exStyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT ;
+    const wxEventType type = ( nMsg == WM_CUT ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT :
+                             ( nMsg == WM_COPY ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY :
+                           /*( nMsg == WM_PASTE ) ? */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE;
+    wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId());

 
 

-    if ( !eliminateBorders )
-    {
-        if ( style & wxSUNKEN_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE ;
-        if ( style & wxDOUBLE_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME ;
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        if ( style & wxRAISED_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE ;
-        if ( style & wxSTATIC_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE ;
-#endif
-    }
-    return exStyle;
+    evt.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);

 }
 
 }
 

-// Determines whether native 3D effects or CTL3D should be used,
-// applying a default border style if required, and returning an extended
-// style to pass to CreateWindowEx.
-WXDWORD wxWindow::Determine3DEffects(WXDWORD defaultBorderStyle, bool *want3D)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// joystick
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)

 {
 {

-    // If matches certain criteria, then assume no 3D effects
-    // unless specifically requested (dealt with in MakeExtendedStyle)
-    if ( !GetParent() || !IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) || (m_windowStyle & wxNO_BORDER) )
+#ifdef JOY_BUTTON1
+    int change = 0;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG )
+        change = wxJOY_BUTTON1;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG )
+        change = wxJOY_BUTTON2;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG )
+        change = wxJOY_BUTTON3;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG )
+        change = wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+
+    int buttons = 0;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 )
+        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 )
+        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 )
+        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 )
+        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+
+    // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup
+    int joystick;
+    wxEventType eventType;
+    switch ( msg )

     {
     {

-        *want3D = FALSE;
-        return MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, FALSE);
-    }
+        case MM_JOY1MOVE:
+            joystick = 1;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE;
+            break;

 
 

-    // Determine whether we should be using 3D effects or not.
-    bool nativeBorder = FALSE; // by default, we don't want a Win95 effect
+        case MM_JOY2MOVE:
+            joystick = 2;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE;
+            break;

 
 

-    // 1) App can specify global 3D effects
-    *want3D = wxTheApp->GetAuto3D();
+        case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
+            joystick = 1;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE;
+            break;

 
 

-    // 2) If the parent is being drawn with user colours, or simple border specified,
-    // switch effects off. TODO: replace wxUSER_COLOURS with wxNO_3D
-    if (GetParent() && (GetParent()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxUSER_COLOURS) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER))
-        *want3D = FALSE;
+        case MM_JOY2ZMOVE:
+            joystick = 2;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE;
+            break;

 
 

-    // 3) Control can override this global setting by defining
-    // a border style, e.g. wxSUNKEN_BORDER
-    if (m_windowStyle & wxSUNKEN_BORDER )
-        *want3D = TRUE;
+        case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
+            joystick = 1;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN;
+            break;

 
 

-    // 4) If it's a special border, CTL3D can't cope so we want a native border
-    if ( (m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) )
-    {
-        *want3D = TRUE;
-        nativeBorder = TRUE;
-    }
+        case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN:
+            joystick = 2;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN;
+            break;

 
 

-    // 5) If this isn't a Win95 app, and we are using CTL3D, remove border
-    // effects from extended style
-#if wxUSE_CTL3D
-    if ( *want3D )
-        nativeBorder = FALSE;
-#endif
+        case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
+            joystick = 1;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP;
+            break;

 
 

-    DWORD exStyle = MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, !nativeBorder);
+        case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
+            joystick = 2;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP;
+            break;

 
 

-    // If we want 3D, but haven't specified a border here,
-    // apply the default border style specified.
-    // TODO what about non-Win95 WIN32? Does it have borders?
-#if defined(__WIN95__) && !wxUSE_CTL3D
-    if (defaultBorderStyle && (*want3D) && ! ((m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) ))
-        exStyle |= defaultBorderStyle; // WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE ;
-#endif
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event"));
+
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change);
+    event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    return exStyle;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(msg);
+    wxUnusedVar(x);
+    wxUnusedVar(y);
+    wxUnusedVar(flags);
+    return false;
+#endif

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// scrolling
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
+                              WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)

 {
 {

-    bool isVirtual;
-    int id = wxCharCodeWXToMSW((int)event.KeyCode(), &isVirtual);
+    if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion
+    {
+        wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
+        if ( child )
+            return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control);
+    }

 
 

-    if ( id == -1 )
-        id= m_lastWParam;
+    wxScrollWinEvent event;
+    event.SetPosition(pos);
+    event.SetOrientation(orientation);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    if ( !event.ControlDown() ) // Why this test?
-        (void) MSWDefWindowProc(m_lastMsg, (WPARAM) id, m_lastLParam);
-}
+    switch ( wParam )
+    {
+    case SB_TOP:
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP);
+        break;

 
 

-void wxWindow::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
-{
-    Default();
-}
+    case SB_BOTTOM:
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM);
+        break;

 
 

-void wxWindow::OnKeyUp(wxKeyEvent& event)
-{
-    Default();
-}
+    case SB_LINEUP:
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP);
+        break;

 
 

-void wxWindow::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
-{
-    Default();
-}
+    case SB_LINEDOWN:
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN);
+        break;

 
 

-bool wxWindow::IsEnabled(void) const
-{
-    return (::IsWindowEnabled((HWND) GetHWND()) != 0);
-}
+    case SB_PAGEUP:
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP);
+        break;

 
 

-// Dialog support: override these and call
-// base class members to add functionality
-// that can't be done using validators.
-// NOTE: these functions assume that controls
-// are direct children of this window, not grandchildren
-// or other levels of descendant.
+    case SB_PAGEDOWN:
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN);
+        break;

 
 

-// Transfer values to controls. If returns FALSE,
-// it's an application error (pops up a dialog)
-bool wxWindow::TransferDataToWindow()
-{
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    while ( node )
-    {
-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */
-            !child->GetValidator()->TransferToWindow() )
+    case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
+    case SB_THUMBTRACK:
+        // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers,
+        // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must
+        // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must
+        // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one
+        // carrying the scrollbar position)

         {
         {

-            wxLogError(_("Could not transfer data to window"));
-            return FALSE;
-        }
+            WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
+            scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS;

 
 

-        node = node->Next();
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
+            if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(),
+                                  orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ
+                                                              : SB_VERT,
+                                  &scrollInfo) )
+            {
+                // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet.
+                // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
+            }

 
 

-// Transfer values from controls. If returns FALSE,
-// validation failed: don't quit
-bool wxWindow::TransferDataFromWindow()
-{
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    while ( node )
-    {
-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */ !child->GetValidator()->TransferFromWindow() )
-        {
-            return FALSE;
+            event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos);

         }
 
         }
 

-        node = node->Next();
+        event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION
+                                ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
+                                : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK );
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        return false;

     }
     }

-    return TRUE;
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::Validate()
+// ===========================================================================
+// global functions
+// ===========================================================================
+
+void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font)

 {
 {

-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    while ( node )
-    {
-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */ !child->GetValidator()->Validate(this) )
-        {
-            return FALSE;
-        }
+    TEXTMETRIC tm;
+    HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);
+    HFONT was = 0;

 
 

-        node = node->Next();
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
+    //    the_font.UseResource();
+    //    the_font.RealizeResource();
+    HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
+    if ( fnt )
+        was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt);

 
 

-// Get the window with the focus
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindFocus()
-{
-    HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
-    if ( hWnd )
+    GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
+    if ( fnt && was )

     {
     {

-        return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+        SelectObject(dc,was);

     }
     }

-    return NULL;
-}
+    ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc);

 
 

-void wxWindow::AddChild(wxWindow *child)
-{
-    GetChildren().Append(child);
-    child->m_windowParent = this;
-}
+    if ( x )
+        *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;
+
+    //   the_font.ReleaseResource();
+}
+
+// use the "extended" bit (24) of lParam to distinguish extended keys
+// from normal keys as the same key is sent
+static inline
+int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended)
+{
+    // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from
+    // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from
+    // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a
+    // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case
+    return !lParam || (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? keyExtended : keyNormal;
+}
+
+// this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to
+// WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxCharCodeMSWToWX/WXToMSW() below
+//
+// note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and
+// WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1
+static const struct wxKeyMapping
+{
+    int vk;
+    wxKeyCode wxk;
+} gs_specialKeys[] =
+{
+    { VK_CANCEL,        WXK_CANCEL },
+    { VK_BACK,          WXK_BACK },
+    { VK_TAB,           WXK_TAB },
+    { VK_CLEAR,         WXK_CLEAR },
+    { VK_SHIFT,         WXK_SHIFT },
+    { VK_CONTROL,       WXK_CONTROL },
+    { VK_MENU ,         WXK_ALT },
+    { VK_PAUSE,         WXK_PAUSE },
+    { VK_CAPITAL,       WXK_CAPITAL },
+    { VK_SPACE,         WXK_SPACE },
+    { VK_ESCAPE,        WXK_ESCAPE },
+    { VK_SELECT,        WXK_SELECT },
+    { VK_PRINT,         WXK_PRINT },
+    { VK_EXECUTE,       WXK_EXECUTE },
+    { VK_SNAPSHOT,      WXK_SNAPSHOT },
+    { VK_HELP,          WXK_HELP },
+
+    { VK_NUMPAD0,       WXK_NUMPAD0 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD1,       WXK_NUMPAD1 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD2,       WXK_NUMPAD2 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD3,       WXK_NUMPAD3 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD4,       WXK_NUMPAD4 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD5,       WXK_NUMPAD5 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD6,       WXK_NUMPAD6 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD7,       WXK_NUMPAD7 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD8,       WXK_NUMPAD8 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD9,       WXK_NUMPAD9 },
+    { VK_MULTIPLY,      WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY },
+    { VK_ADD,           WXK_NUMPAD_ADD },
+    { VK_SUBTRACT,      WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT },
+    { VK_DECIMAL,       WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL },
+    { VK_DIVIDE,        WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE },
+
+    { VK_F1,            WXK_F1 },
+    { VK_F2,            WXK_F2 },
+    { VK_F3,            WXK_F3 },
+    { VK_F4,            WXK_F4 },
+    { VK_F5,            WXK_F5 },
+    { VK_F6,            WXK_F6 },
+    { VK_F7,            WXK_F7 },
+    { VK_F8,            WXK_F8 },
+    { VK_F9,            WXK_F9 },
+    { VK_F10,           WXK_F10 },
+    { VK_F11,           WXK_F11 },
+    { VK_F12,           WXK_F12 },
+    { VK_F13,           WXK_F13 },
+    { VK_F14,           WXK_F14 },
+    { VK_F15,           WXK_F15 },
+    { VK_F16,           WXK_F16 },
+    { VK_F17,           WXK_F17 },
+    { VK_F18,           WXK_F18 },
+    { VK_F19,           WXK_F19 },
+    { VK_F20,           WXK_F20 },
+    { VK_F21,           WXK_F21 },
+    { VK_F22,           WXK_F22 },
+    { VK_F23,           WXK_F23 },
+    { VK_F24,           WXK_F24 },
+
+    { VK_NUMLOCK,       WXK_NUMLOCK },
+    { VK_SCROLL,        WXK_SCROLL },

 
 

-void wxWindow::RemoveChild(wxWindow *child)
-{
-//    if (GetChildren())
-    GetChildren().DeleteObject(child);
-    child->m_windowParent = NULL;
-}
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+    { VK_LWIN,          WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT },
+    { VK_RWIN,          WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT },
+    { VK_APPS,          WXK_WINDOWS_MENU },
+#endif // VK_APPS defined
+};

 
 

-void wxWindow::DestroyChildren()
+// Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
+// the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
+int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int vk, WXLPARAM lParam)

 {
 {

-        wxNode *node;
-        while ((node = GetChildren().First()) != (wxNode *)NULL) {
-            wxWindow *child;
-            if ((child = (wxWindow *)node->Data()) != (wxWindow *)NULL) {
-                delete child;
-                if ( GetChildren().Member(child) )
-                    delete node;
-            }
-        } /* while */
-}
+    // check the table first
+    for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ )
+    {
+        if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk )
+            return gs_specialKeys[n].wxk;
+    }

 
 

-void wxWindow::MakeModal(bool modal)
-{
-    // Disable all other windows
-    if (this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) || this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)))
+    // keys requiring special handling
+    int wxk;
+    switch ( vk )

     {
     {

-        wxNode *node = wxTopLevelWindows.First();
-        while (node)
-        {
-            wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            if (win != this)
-                win->Enable(!modal);
+        // the mapping for these keys may be incorrect on non-US keyboards so
+        // maybe we shouldn't map them to ASCII values at all
+        case VK_OEM_1:      wxk = ';'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_PLUS:   wxk = '+'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_COMMA:  wxk = ','; break;
+        case VK_OEM_MINUS:  wxk = '-'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_PERIOD: wxk = '.'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_2:      wxk = '/'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_3:      wxk = '~'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_4:      wxk = '['; break;
+        case VK_OEM_5:      wxk = '\\'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_6:      wxk = ']'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_7:      wxk = '\''; break;
+
+        // handle extended keys
+        case VK_PRIOR:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP);
+            break;

 
 

-            node = node->Next();
-        }
+        case VK_NEXT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_END:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_HOME:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_LEFT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_UP:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_RIGHT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_DOWN:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_INSERT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_DELETE:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_RETURN:
+            // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed
+            // here: numpad enter is the extended one
+            wxk = lParam && (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxk = 0;

     }
     }

-}

 
 

-// If nothing defined for this, try the parent.
-// E.g. we may be a button loaded from a resource, with no callback function
-// defined.
-void wxWindow::OnCommand(wxWindow& win, wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-    if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-        return;
-    if (m_windowParent)
-        m_windowParent->GetEventHandler()->OnCommand(win, event);
+    return wxk;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c)
+WXWORD wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int wxk, bool *isVirtual)

 {
 {

-    if (m_constraints)
-    {
-        UnsetConstraints(m_constraints);
-        delete m_constraints;
-    }
-    m_constraints = c;
-    if (m_constraints)
+    if ( isVirtual )
+        *isVirtual = true;
+
+    // check the table first
+    for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ )

     {
     {

-        // Make sure other windows know they're part of a 'meaningful relationship'
-        if (m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+        if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk )
+            return gs_specialKeys[n].vk;

     }
     }

-}

 
 

-// This removes any dangling pointers to this window
-// in other windows' constraintsInvolvedIn lists.
-void wxWindow::UnsetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c)
-{
-    if (c)
+    // and then check for special keys not included in the table
+    WXWORD vk;
+    switch ( wxk )

     {
     {

-        if (c->left.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->left.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->top.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->top.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->right.GetOtherWindow() && (c->right.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->right.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->width.GetOtherWindow() && (c->width.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->width.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->height.GetOtherWindow() && (c->height.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->height.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-    }
-}
+        case WXK_PAGEUP:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP:
+            vk = VK_PRIOR;
+            break;

 
 

-// Back-pointer to other windows we're involved with, so if we delete
-// this window, we must delete any constraints we're involved with.
-void wxWindow::AddConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin)
-{
-    if (!m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
-        m_constraintsInvolvedIn = new wxList;
-    if (!m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Member(otherWin))
-        m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Append(otherWin);
-}
+        case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN:
+            vk = VK_NEXT;
+            break;

 
 

-// REMOVE back-pointer to other windows we're involved with.
-void wxWindow::RemoveConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin)
-{
-    if (m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
-        m_constraintsInvolvedIn->DeleteObject(otherWin);
-}
+        case WXK_END:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_END:
+            vk = VK_END;
+            break;

 
 

-// Reset any constraints that mention this window
-void wxWindow::DeleteRelatedConstraints()
-{
-    if (m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
-    {
-        wxNode *node = m_constraintsInvolvedIn->First();
-        while (node)
-        {
-            wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            wxNode *next = node->Next();
-            wxLayoutConstraints *constr = win->GetConstraints();
+        case WXK_HOME:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME:
+            vk = VK_HOME;
+            break;

 
 

-            // Reset any constraints involving this window
-            if (constr)
-            {
-                constr->left.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->top.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->right.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->bottom.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->width.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->height.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->centreX.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->centreY.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-            }
-            delete node;
-            node = next;
-        }
-        delete m_constraintsInvolvedIn;
-        m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
+        case WXK_LEFT:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT:
+            vk = VK_LEFT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_UP:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_UP:
+            vk = VK_UP;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_RIGHT:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT:
+            vk = VK_RIGHT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_DOWN:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN:
+            vk = VK_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_INSERT:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT:
+            vk = VK_INSERT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_DELETE:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE:
+            vk = VK_DELETE;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            if ( isVirtual )
+                *isVirtual = false;
+            vk = (WXWORD)wxk;
+            break;

     }
     }

+
+    return vk;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer)
+// small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState()
+static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk)

 {
 {

-    m_windowSizer = sizer;
-    if (sizer)
-        sizer->SetSizerParent((wxWindow *)this);
+    // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last
+    // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and
+    // we only want that one
+    return (::GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0;

 }
 
 }
 

-/*
-* New version
-*/
-
-bool wxWindow::Layout()
+bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key)

 {
 {

-    if (GetConstraints())
-    {
-        int w, h;
-        GetClientSize(&w, &h);
-        GetConstraints()->width.SetValue(w);
-        GetConstraints()->height.SetValue(h);
-    }
+    // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other
+    // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead
+    wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON &&
+                    key != VK_RBUTTON &&
+                        key != VK_MBUTTON,
+                    wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") );
+
+    const WXWORD vk = wxCharCodeWXToMSW(key);

 
 

-    // If top level (one sizer), evaluate the sizer's constraints.
-    if (GetSizer())
+    // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed
+    if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL )

     {
     {

-        int noChanges;
-        GetSizer()->ResetConstraints();   // Mark all constraints as unevaluated
-        GetSizer()->LayoutPhase1(&noChanges);
-        GetSizer()->LayoutPhase2(&noChanges);
-        GetSizer()->SetConstraintSizes(); // Recursively set the real window sizes
-        return TRUE;
+        // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the
+        // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if
+        // either one is set
+        return ::GetKeyState(vk) != 0;
+

     }
     }

-    else
+    else // normal key

     {
     {

-        // Otherwise, evaluate child constraints
-        ResetConstraints();   // Mark all constraints as unevaluated
-        DoPhase(1);           // Just one phase need if no sizers involved
-        DoPhase(2);
-        SetConstraintSizes(); // Recursively set the real window sizes
+        return wxIsKeyDown(vk);

     }
     }

-    return TRUE;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 

-// Do a phase of evaluating constraints:
-// the default behaviour. wxSizers may do a similar
-// thing, but also impose their own 'constraints'
-// and order the evaluation differently.
-bool wxWindow::LayoutPhase1(int *noChanges)
+wxMouseState wxGetMouseState()

 {
 {

-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        return constr->SatisfyConstraints((wxWindow *)this, noChanges);
-    }
-    else
-        return TRUE;
-}
+    wxMouseState ms;
+    POINT pt;
+    GetCursorPos( &pt );

 
 

-bool wxWindow::LayoutPhase2(int *noChanges)
-{
-    *noChanges = 0;
+    ms.SetX(pt.x);
+    ms.SetY(pt.y);
+    ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON));
+    ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON));
+    ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON));

 
 

-    // Layout children
-    DoPhase(1);
-    DoPhase(2);
-    return TRUE;
-}
+    ms.SetControlDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_CONTROL));
+    ms.SetShiftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_SHIFT));
+    ms.SetAltDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MENU));
+//    ms.SetMetaDown();

 
 

-// Do a phase of evaluating child constraints
-bool wxWindow::DoPhase(int phase)
-{
-    int noIterations = 0;
-    int maxIterations = 500;
-    int noChanges = 1;
-    int noFailures = 0;
-    wxList succeeded;
-    while ((noChanges > 0) && (noIterations < maxIterations))
-    {
-        noChanges = 0;
-        noFailures = 0;
-        wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-        while (node)
-        {
-            wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            if (!child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
-            {
-                wxLayoutConstraints *constr = child->GetConstraints();
-                if (constr)
-                {
-                    if (succeeded.Member(child))
-                    {
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        int tempNoChanges = 0;
-                        bool success = ( (phase == 1) ? child->LayoutPhase1(&tempNoChanges) : child->LayoutPhase2(&tempNoChanges) ) ;
-                        noChanges += tempNoChanges;
-                        if (success)
-                        {
-                            succeeded.Append(child);
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            node = node->Next();
-        }
-        noIterations ++;
-    }
-    return TRUE;
+    return ms;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::ResetConstraints()
+
+wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()

 {
 {

-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        constr->left.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->top.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->right.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->bottom.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->width.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->height.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->centreX.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->centreY.SetDone(FALSE);
-    }
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    while (node)
+    HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
+    if ( hWnd != 0 )

     {
     {

-        wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
-            win->ResetConstraints();
-        node = node->Next();
+        return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);

     }
     }

+    return NULL;

 }
 
 }
 

-// Need to distinguish between setting the 'fake' size for
-// windows and sizers, and setting the real values.
-void wxWindow::SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse)
+extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)

 {
 {

-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr && constr->left.GetDone() && constr->right.GetDone() &&
-        constr->width.GetDone() && constr->height.GetDone())
-    {
-        int x = constr->left.GetValue();
-        int y = constr->top.GetValue();
-        int w = constr->width.GetValue();
-        int h = constr->height.GetValue();
+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;

 
 

-        // If we don't want to resize this window, just move it...
-        if ((constr->width.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs) ||
-            (constr->height.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs))
-        {
-            // Calls Layout() recursively. AAAGH. How can we stop that.
-            // Simply take Layout() out of non-top level OnSizes.
-            SizerSetSize(x, y, w, h);
-        }
-        else
+    // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set
+    // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the
+    // window hierarchy
+    wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL;
+    if ( hwnd )
+    {
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
+        if ( !win )

         {
         {

-            SizerMove(x, y);
+#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
+            // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any
+            // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to
+            // do it as well, win would be already non NULL
+            if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON )
+            {
+                win = (wxWindow *)wxGetWindowUserData(hwnd);
+            }
+            //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox
+#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
+
+            // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl
+            // itself so try it too
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+            if ( !win )
+            {
+                win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd);
+            }
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL

         }
     }
         }
     }

-    else if (constr)
-    {
-        char *windowClass = this->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName();

 
 

-        wxString winName;
-        if (GetName() == "")
-            winName = "unnamed";
-        else
-            winName = GetName();
-        wxLogDebug("Constraint(s) not satisfied for window of type %s, name %s:",
-                    (const char *)windowClass, (const char *)winName);
-        if (!constr->left.GetDone())
-            wxLogDebug("  unsatisfied 'left' constraint.");
-        if (!constr->right.GetDone())
-            wxLogDebug("  unsatisfied 'right' constraint.");
-        if (!constr->width.GetDone())
-            wxLogDebug("  unsatisfied 'width' constraint.");
-        if (!constr->height.GetDone())
-            wxLogDebug("  unsatisfied 'height' constraint.");
-        wxLogDebug("Please check constraints: try adding AsIs() constraints.\n");
-    }
-
-    if (recurse)
-    {
-        wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-        while (node)
+    while ( hwnd && !win )
+    {
+        // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the
+        // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND -
+        // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from
+        // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here
+        //
+        // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll
+        //        need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can
+        //        do it now to fix it
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+        if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) )

         {
         {

-            wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
-                win->SetConstraintSizes();
-            node = node->Next();
+            // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards
+            break;

         }
         }

-    }
-}
+#endif

 
 

-// This assumes that all sizers are 'on' the same
-// window, i.e. the parent of this window.
-void wxWindow::TransformSizerToActual(int *x, int *y) const
-{
-    if (!m_sizerParent || m_sizerParent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) ||
-        m_sizerParent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) )
-        return;
+        hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
+    }

 
 

-    int xp, yp;
-    m_sizerParent->GetPosition(&xp, &yp);
-    m_sizerParent->TransformSizerToActual(&xp, &yp);
-    *x += xp;
-    *y += yp;
+    return win;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SizerSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h)
-{
-    int xx = x;
-    int yy = y;
-    TransformSizerToActual(&xx, &yy);
-    SetSize(xx, yy, w, h);
-}
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)

 
 

-void wxWindow::SizerMove(int x, int y)
-{
-    int xx = x;
-    int yy = y;
-    TransformSizerToActual(&xx, &yy);
-    Move(xx, yy);
-}
+// Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
+// in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
+static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0;
+static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0;
+int APIENTRY _EXPORT
+wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam);

 
 

-// Only set the size/position of the constraint (if any)
-void wxWindow::SetSizeConstraint(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)

 {
 {

-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
+    if ( doIt )

     {
     {

-        if (x != -1)
-        {
-            constr->left.SetValue(x);
-            constr->left.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
-        if (y != -1)
-        {
-            constr->top.SetValue(y);
-            constr->top.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
-        if (w != -1)
-        {
-            constr->width.SetValue(w);
-            constr->width.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
-        if (h != -1)
-        {
-            constr->height.SetValue(h);
-            constr->height.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
+        wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
+        wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
+
+            GetCurrentThreadId()
+        //      (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
+            );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 

-void wxWindow::MoveConstraint(int x, int y)
+int APIENTRY _EXPORT
+wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)

 {
 {

-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
+    DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
+    if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) )

     {
     {

-        if (x != -1)
-        {
-            constr->left.SetValue(x);
-            constr->left.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
-        if (y != -1)
+        int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);
+        if ( id != 0 )

         {
         {

-            constr->top.SetValue(y);
-            constr->top.SetDone(TRUE);
+            wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
+            if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
+                event.m_altDown = true;
+
+            event.SetEventObject(NULL);
+            event.m_keyCode = id;
+            event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
+            event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+            event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
+#endif
+            wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
+            wxEvtHandler *handler;
+            if ( win )
+            {
+                handler = win->GetEventHandler();
+                event.SetId(win->GetId());
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                handler = wxTheApp;
+                event.SetId(wxID_ANY);
+            }
+
+            if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) )
+            {
+                // processed
+                return 1;
+            }

         }
     }
         }
     }

-}

 
 

-void wxWindow::GetSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const
-{
-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        *w = constr->width.GetValue();
-        *h = constr->height.GetValue();
-    }
-    else
-        GetSize(w, h);
+    return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::GetClientSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const
+#endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
+
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message)

 {
 {

-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
+    switch ( message )

     {
     {

-        *w = constr->width.GetValue();
-        *h = constr->height.GetValue();
+        case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL");
+        case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE");
+        case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY");
+        case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE");
+        case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE");
+        case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS");
+        case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS");
+        case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE");
+        case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW");
+        case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT");
+        case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT");
+        case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH");
+        case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT");
+        case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE");
+        case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION");
+        case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT");
+        case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN");
+        case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND");
+        case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE");
+        case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION");
+        case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR");
+        case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW");
+        case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR");
+        case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE");
+        case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE");
+        case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP");
+        case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE");
+        case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE");
+        case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE");
+        case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR");
+        case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC");
+        case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO");
+        case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON");
+        case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND");
+        case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL");
+        case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS");
+        case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM");
+        case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM");
+        case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM");
+        case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM");
+        case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT");
+        case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT");
+        case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON");
+        case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM");
+        case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING");
+        case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY");
+        case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING");
+        case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED");
+        case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER");
+
+        case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA");
+        case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL");
+        case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY");
+        case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST");
+        case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE");
+        case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD");
+        case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP");
+        case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED");
+        case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT");
+        case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU");
+        case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING");
+        case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED");
+        case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE");
+        case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON");
+        case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON");
+
+        case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE");
+        case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY");
+        case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE");
+        case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST");
+        case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT");
+        case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE");
+        case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE");
+        case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP");
+        case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR");
+        case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR");
+        case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP");
+        case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR");
+        case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR");
+        case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST");
+
+        case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION");
+        case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION");
+        case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION");
+
+        case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG");
+        case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND");
+        case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND");
+        case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER");
+        case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL");
+        case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL");
+        case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU");
+        case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP");
+        case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT");
+        case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR");
+        case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE");
+        case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE");
+        case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL");
+        case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY");
+        case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP");
+        case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP");
+
+        case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU");
+        case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING");
+        case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED");
+        case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING");
+        case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST");
+        case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE");
+
+        case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE");
+        case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY");
+        case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE");
+        case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT");
+        case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE");
+        case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE");
+        case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE");
+        case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE");
+        case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE");
+        case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU");
+        case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES");
+
+        case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT");
+        case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY");
+        case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL");
+        case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL");
+        case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT");
+        case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR");
+        case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP");
+
+        case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT");
+        case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY");
+        case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE");
+        case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR");
+        case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO");
+        case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT");
+        case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS");
+        case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME");
+        case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN");
+        case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE");
+        case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING");
+        case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED");
+#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
+        case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY");
+#endif
+
+        // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
+        // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
+
+        // listview
+        case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK");
+        case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK");
+        case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION");
+        case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION");
+        case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA");
+        case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW");
+        case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL");
+        case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA");
+        case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW");
+        case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL");
+        case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN");
+        case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH");
+        case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH");
+        case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER");
+        case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX");
+        case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN");
+        case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA");
+        case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW");
+        case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA");
+        case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW");
+        case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32");
+        case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING");
+        case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA");
+        case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW");
+        case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING");
+        case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST");
+        case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA");
+
+        // tree view
+        case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND");
+        case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT");
+        case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT");
+        case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT");
+        case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA");
+        case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW");
+        case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL");
+        case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT");
+        case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN");
+        case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE");
+        case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB");
+        case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW");
+        case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA");
+        case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW");
+        case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS");
+
+        // header
+        case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT");
+        case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX");
+        case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER");
+
+        // tab control
+        case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS");
+        case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL");
+        case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL");
+        case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA");
+        case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT");
+        case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE");
+        case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE");
+        case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING");
+        case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT");
+        case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS");
+        case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS");
+        case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH");
+        case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL");
+
+        // toolbar
+        case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE");
+        case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED");
+        case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED");
+        case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED");
+        case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN");
+        case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE");
+        case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE");
+        case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE");
+        case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS");
+        case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT");
+        case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX");
+        case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA");
+        case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW");
+        case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE");
+        case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA");
+        case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW");
+        case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT");
+        case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS");
+        case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT");
+        case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS");
+        case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS");
+        case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID");
+        case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA");
+        case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW");
+        case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT");
+        case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES");
+        case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT");
+        case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE");
+        case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE");
+        case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH");
+        case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS");
+        case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS");
+        case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS");
+
+        default:
+            static wxString s_szBuf;
+            s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message);
+            return s_szBuf.c_str();

     }
     }

-    else
-        GetClientSize(w, h);

 }
 }

+#endif //__WXDEBUG__

 
 

-void wxWindow::GetPositionConstraint(int *x, int *y) const
+static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)

 {
 {

-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
+    // prepare the DC
+    TEXTMETRIC tm;
+    HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win);
+    HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd);
+
+#if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY
+    // and select the current font into it
+    HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont());
+    if ( hfont )

     {
     {

-        *x = constr->left.GetValue();
-        *y = constr->top.GetValue();
+        hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont);

     }
     }

-    else
-        GetPosition(x, y);
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::Close(bool force)
-{
-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-    event.SetForce(force);

 #endif
 #endif

-    event.SetCanVeto(!force);

 
 

-    return (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && !event.GetVeto());
-}
+    // finally retrieve the text metrics from it
+    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);

 
 

-wxObject* wxWindow::GetChild(int number) const
-{
-    // Return a pointer to the Nth object in the Panel
-//    if (!GetChildren())
-//        return(NULL) ;
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    int n = number;
-    while (node && n--)
-        node = node->Next() ;
-    if (node)
+#if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY
+    // and clean up
+    if ( hfont )

     {
     {

-        wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
-        return(obj) ;
+        (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont);

     }
     }

-    else
-        return NULL ;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::OnDefaultAction(wxControl *initiatingItem)
-{
-/* This is obsolete now; if we wish to intercept listbox double-clicks,
-* we explicitly intercept the wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
-* event.
-
-  if (initiatingItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxListBox)))
-  {
-  wxListBox *lbox = (wxListBox *)initiatingItem;
-  wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK);
-  event.m_commandInt = -1;
-  if ((lbox->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxLB_MULTIPLE) == 0)
-  {
-  event.m_commandString = copystring(lbox->GetStringSelection());
-  event.m_commandInt = lbox->GetSelection();
-  event.m_clientData = lbox->wxListBox::GetClientData(event.m_commandInt);
-  }
-  event.m_eventObject = lbox;
-
-    lbox->ProcessCommand(event);
+#endif

 
 

-      if (event.m_commandString)
-      delete[] event.m_commandString;
-      return;
-      }
+    ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);

 
 

-        wxButton *but = GetDefaultItem();
-        if (but)
-        {
-        wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED);
-        event.SetEventObject(but);
-        but->Command(event);
-        }
-    */
+    return tm;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::Clear()
+// Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse
+// position.
+wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt)

 {
 {

-    wxClientDC dc(this);
-    wxBrush brush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
-    dc.SetBackground(brush);
-    dc.Clear();
+    pt = wxGetMousePosition();
+    return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt);

 }
 
 }
 

-// Fits the panel around the items
-void wxWindow::Fit()
+wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)

 {
 {

-    int maxX = 0;
-    int maxY = 0;
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    while ( node )
-    {
-        wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        int wx, wy, ww, wh;
-        win->GetPosition(&wx, &wy);
-        win->GetSize(&ww, &wh);
-        if ( wx + ww > maxX )
-            maxX = wx + ww;
-        if ( wy + wh > maxY )
-            maxY = wy + wh;
+    POINT pt2;
+    pt2.x = pt.x;
+    pt2.y = pt.y;

 
 

-        node = node->Next();
-    }
-    SetClientSize(maxX + 5, maxY + 5);
+    HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2);
+
+    return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::SetValidator(const wxValidator& validator)
+// Get the current mouse position.
+wxPoint wxGetMousePosition()

 {
 {

-    if ( m_windowValidator )
-        delete m_windowValidator;
-    m_windowValidator = validator.Clone();
+    POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt);
+#else
+    GetCursorPos( & pt );
+#endif

 
 

-    if ( m_windowValidator )
-        m_windowValidator->SetWindow(this) ;
+    return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y);

 }
 
 }
 

-// Find a window by id or name
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindWindow(long id)
+#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
+
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id)

 {
 {

-    if ( GetId() == id)
-        return this;
+    // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons
+    HINSTANCE hCoreDll;
+    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT);

 
 

-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    while ( node )
+    UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc;
+    hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(_T("coredll.dll"));
+    if (hCoreDll)

     {
     {

-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        wxWindow *found = child->FindWindow(id);
-        if ( found )
-            return found;
-        node = node->Next();
+        procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, _T("UnregisterFunc1"));
+        if (procUnregisterFunc)
+            procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id);
+        FreeLibrary(hCoreDll);

     }
     }

-    return NULL;

 }
 }

+#endif

 
 

-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindWindow(const wxString& name)
-{
-    if ( GetName() == name)
-        return this;
+bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode)
+{
+    UINT win_modifiers=0;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN;
+
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+    // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons
+    if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20)
+        WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId);
+#endif

 
 

-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    while ( node )
+    if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) )

     {
     {

-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        wxWindow *found = child->FindWindow(name);
-        if ( found )
-            return found;
-        node = node->Next();
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
+        wxLogLastError(_T("RegisterHotKey"));

 
 

-/* TODO
-// Default input behaviour for a scrolling canvas should be to scroll
-// according to the cursor keys pressed
-void wxWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
-{
-int x_page = 0;
-int y_page = 0;
-int start_x = 0;
-int start_y = 0;
-// Bugfix Begin
-int v_width = 0;
-int v_height = 0;
-int y_pages = 0;
-// Bugfix End
-
-  GetScrollUnitsPerPage(&x_page, &y_page);
-  // Bugfix Begin
-  GetVirtualSize(&v_width,&v_height);
-  // Bugfix End
-  ViewStart(&start_x, &start_y);
-  // Bugfix begin
-  if (vert_units)
-  y_pages = (int)(v_height/vert_units) - y_page;
-
-    #ifdef __WXMSW__
-    int y = 0;
-    #else
-    int y = y_page-1;
-    #endif
-    // Bugfix End
-    switch (event.keyCode)
-    {
-    case WXK_PRIOR:
-    {
-    // BugFix Begin
-    if (y_page > 0)
-    {
-    if (start_y - y_page > 0)
-    Scroll(start_x, start_y - y_page);
-    else
-    Scroll(start_x, 0);
-    }
-    // Bugfix End
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_NEXT:
-    {
-    // Bugfix Begin
-    if ((y_page > 0)  && (start_y <= y_pages-y-1))
-    {
-    if (y_pages + y < start_y + y_page)
-    Scroll(start_x, y_pages + y);
-    else
-    Scroll(start_x, start_y + y_page);
-    }
-    // Bugfix End
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_UP:
-    {
-    if ((y_page > 0) && (start_y >= 1))
-    Scroll(start_x, start_y - 1);
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_DOWN:
-    {
-    // Bugfix Begin
-    if ((y_page > 0) && (start_y <= y_pages-y-1))
-    // Bugfix End
-    {
-    Scroll(start_x, start_y + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_LEFT:
-    {
-    if ((x_page > 0) && (start_x >= 1))
-    Scroll(start_x - 1, start_y);
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_RIGHT:
-    {
-    if (x_page > 0)
-    Scroll(start_x + 1, start_y);
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_HOME:
-    {
-    Scroll(0, 0);
-    break;
-    }
-    // This is new
-    case WXK_END:
-    {
-    Scroll(start_x, y_pages+y);
-    break;
-    }
-    // end
-    }
+        return false;

     }
     }

-*/

 
 

-// Setup background and foreground colours correctly
-void wxWindow::SetupColours()
-{
-    if (GetParent())
-        SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour());
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindow::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event)
+bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId)

 {
 {

-    // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
-    if (m_mouseInWindow)
-    {
-        POINT pt;
-        ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
-        if (::WindowFromPoint(pt) != (HWND) GetHWND())
-        {
-            // Generate a LEAVE event
-            m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
-
-            int state = 0;
-            if (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) != 0)
-                state |= MK_SHIFT;
-            if (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) != 0)
-                state |= MK_CONTROL;
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+    WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId);
+#endif

 
 

-            // Unfortunately the mouse button and keyboard state may have changed
-            // by the time the OnIdle function is called, so 'state' may be
-            // meaningless.
+    if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("UnregisterHotKey"));

 
 

-            MSWOnMouseLeave(pt.x, pt.y, state);
-        }
+        return false;

     }
     }

-    UpdateWindowUI();
-}

 
 

-// Raise the window to the top of the Z order
-void wxWindow::Raise()
-{
-    ::BringWindowToTop((HWND) GetHWND());
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

-// Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order
-void wxWindow::Lower()
-{
-    ::SetWindowPos((HWND) GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOACTIVATE);
-}
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL

 
 

-long wxWindow::MSWGetDlgCode()
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)

 {
 {

-    // default: just forward to def window proc (the msg has no parameters)
-    return MSWDefWindowProc(WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
-}
+    int hotkeyId = wParam;
+    int virtualKey = HIWORD(lParam);
+    int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam);

 
 

-bool wxWindow::AcceptsFocus() const
-{
-    // invisible and disabled controls don't need focus
-    return IsShown() && IsEnabled();
-}
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, virtualKey, wParam, lParam));
+    event.SetId(hotkeyId);
+    event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0;
+    event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0;
+    event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0;
+    event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0;

 
 

-// Update region access
-wxRegion wxWindow::GetUpdateRegion() const
-{
-    return m_updateRegion;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindow::IsExposed(int x, int y, int w, int h) const
-{
-    return (m_updateRegion.Contains(x, y, w, h) != wxOutRegion);
-}
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL

 
 

-bool wxWindow::IsExposed(const wxPoint& pt) const
-{
-    return (m_updateRegion.Contains(pt) != wxOutRegion);
-}
+#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY

 
 

-bool wxWindow::IsExposed(const wxRect& rect) const
-{
-    return (m_updateRegion.Contains(rect) != wxOutRegion);
-}
+// Not tested under WinCE
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__

 
 

-// Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
-bool wxWindow::Reparent(wxWindow *parent)
+// this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing
+// each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're
+// sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is
+// being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message
+// dispatching otherwise
+class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule

 {
 {

-    if (parent == GetParent())
-        return TRUE;
-
-    // Unlink this window from the existing parent.
-    if (GetParent())
+public:
+    virtual bool OnInit()

     {
     {

-        GetParent()->RemoveChild(this);
+        ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx
+                            (
+                             WH_GETMESSAGE,
+                             &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc,
+                             NULL,
+                             GetCurrentThreadId()
+                            );
+
+        if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)"));
+
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        return true;

     }
     }

-    else
-        wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject(this);

 
 

-    HWND hWndParent = 0;
-    HWND hWndChild = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (parent != (wxWindow*) NULL)
+    virtual void OnExit()

     {
     {

-        parent->AddChild(this);
-        hWndParent = (HWND) parent->GetHWND();
+        ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc);

     }
     }

-    else
-        wxTopLevelWindows.Append(this);

 
 

-    ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+    {
+        MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
-}
+        // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from
+        // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being
+        // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage()
+        if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE )
+        {
+            wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents();
+        }

 
 

-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-const char *wxGetMessageName(int message)
-{
-    switch ( message ) {
-    case 0x0000: return "WM_NULL";
-    case 0x0001: return "WM_CREATE";
-    case 0x0002: return "WM_DESTROY";
-    case 0x0003: return "WM_MOVE";
-    case 0x0005: return "WM_SIZE";
-    case 0x0006: return "WM_ACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0007: return "WM_SETFOCUS";
-    case 0x0008: return "WM_KILLFOCUS";
-    case 0x000A: return "WM_ENABLE";
-    case 0x000B: return "WM_SETREDRAW";
-    case 0x000C: return "WM_SETTEXT";
-    case 0x000D: return "WM_GETTEXT";
-    case 0x000E: return "WM_GETTEXTLENGTH";
-    case 0x000F: return "WM_PAINT";
-    case 0x0010: return "WM_CLOSE";
-    case 0x0011: return "WM_QUERYENDSESSION";
-    case 0x0012: return "WM_QUIT";
-    case 0x0013: return "WM_QUERYOPEN";
-    case 0x0014: return "WM_ERASEBKGND";
-    case 0x0015: return "WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE";
-    case 0x0016: return "WM_ENDSESSION";
-    case 0x0017: return "WM_SYSTEMERROR";
-    case 0x0018: return "WM_SHOWWINDOW";
-    case 0x0019: return "WM_CTLCOLOR";
-    case 0x001A: return "WM_WININICHANGE";
-    case 0x001B: return "WM_DEVMODECHANGE";
-    case 0x001C: return "WM_ACTIVATEAPP";
-    case 0x001D: return "WM_FONTCHANGE";
-    case 0x001E: return "WM_TIMECHANGE";
-    case 0x001F: return "WM_CANCELMODE";
-    case 0x0020: return "WM_SETCURSOR";
-    case 0x0021: return "WM_MOUSEACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0022: return "WM_CHILDACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0023: return "WM_QUEUESYNC";
-    case 0x0024: return "WM_GETMINMAXINFO";
-    case 0x0026: return "WM_PAINTICON";
-    case 0x0027: return "WM_ICONERASEBKGND";
-    case 0x0028: return "WM_NEXTDLGCTL";
-    case 0x002A: return "WM_SPOOLERSTATUS";
-    case 0x002B: return "WM_DRAWITEM";
-    case 0x002C: return "WM_MEASUREITEM";
-    case 0x002D: return "WM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x002E: return "WM_VKEYTOITEM";
-    case 0x002F: return "WM_CHARTOITEM";
-    case 0x0030: return "WM_SETFONT";
-    case 0x0031: return "WM_GETFONT";
-    case 0x0037: return "WM_QUERYDRAGICON";
-    case 0x0039: return "WM_COMPAREITEM";
-    case 0x0041: return "WM_COMPACTING";
-    case 0x0044: return "WM_COMMNOTIFY";
-    case 0x0046: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING";
-    case 0x0047: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED";
-    case 0x0048: return "WM_POWER";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-    case 0x004A: return "WM_COPYDATA";
-    case 0x004B: return "WM_CANCELJOURNAL";
-    case 0x004E: return "WM_NOTIFY";
-    case 0x0050: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST";
-    case 0x0051: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE";
-    case 0x0052: return "WM_TCARD";
-    case 0x0053: return "WM_HELP";
-    case 0x0054: return "WM_USERCHANGED";
-    case 0x0055: return "WM_NOTIFYFORMAT";
-    case 0x007B: return "WM_CONTEXTMENU";
-    case 0x007C: return "WM_STYLECHANGING";
-    case 0x007D: return "WM_STYLECHANGED";
-    case 0x007E: return "WM_DISPLAYCHANGE";
-    case 0x007F: return "WM_GETICON";
-    case 0x0080: return "WM_SETICON";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-    case 0x0081: return "WM_NCCREATE";
-    case 0x0082: return "WM_NCDESTROY";
-    case 0x0083: return "WM_NCCALCSIZE";
-    case 0x0084: return "WM_NCHITTEST";
-    case 0x0085: return "WM_NCPAINT";
-    case 0x0086: return "WM_NCACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0087: return "WM_GETDLGCODE";
-    case 0x00A0: return "WM_NCMOUSEMOVE";
-    case 0x00A1: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x00A2: return "WM_NCLBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x00A3: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x00A4: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x00A5: return "WM_NCRBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x00A6: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x00A7: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x00A8: return "WM_NCMBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x00A9: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x0100: return "WM_KEYDOWN";
-    case 0x0101: return "WM_KEYUP";
-    case 0x0102: return "WM_CHAR";
-    case 0x0103: return "WM_DEADCHAR";
-    case 0x0104: return "WM_SYSKEYDOWN";
-    case 0x0105: return "WM_SYSKEYUP";
-    case 0x0106: return "WM_SYSCHAR";
-    case 0x0107: return "WM_SYSDEADCHAR";
-    case 0x0108: return "WM_KEYLAST";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-    case 0x010D: return "WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION";
-    case 0x010E: return "WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION";
-    case 0x010F: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITION";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-    case 0x0110: return "WM_INITDIALOG";
-    case 0x0111: return "WM_COMMAND";
-    case 0x0112: return "WM_SYSCOMMAND";
-    case 0x0113: return "WM_TIMER";
-    case 0x0114: return "WM_HSCROLL";
-    case 0x0115: return "WM_VSCROLL";
-    case 0x0116: return "WM_INITMENU";
-    case 0x0117: return "WM_INITMENUPOPUP";
-    case 0x011F: return "WM_MENUSELECT";
-    case 0x0120: return "WM_MENUCHAR";
-    case 0x0121: return "WM_ENTERIDLE";
-    case 0x0200: return "WM_MOUSEMOVE";
-    case 0x0201: return "WM_LBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x0202: return "WM_LBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x0203: return "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x0204: return "WM_RBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x0205: return "WM_RBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x0206: return "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x0207: return "WM_MBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x0208: return "WM_MBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x0209: return "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x0210: return "WM_PARENTNOTIFY";
-    case 0x0211: return "WM_ENTERMENULOOP";
-    case 0x0212: return "WM_EXITMENULOOP";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-    case 0x0213: return "WM_NEXTMENU";
-    case 0x0214: return "WM_SIZING";
-    case 0x0215: return "WM_CAPTURECHANGED";
-    case 0x0216: return "WM_MOVING";
-    case 0x0218: return "WM_POWERBROADCAST";
-    case 0x0219: return "WM_DEVICECHANGE";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-    case 0x0220: return "WM_MDICREATE";
-    case 0x0221: return "WM_MDIDESTROY";
-    case 0x0222: return "WM_MDIACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0223: return "WM_MDIRESTORE";
-    case 0x0224: return "WM_MDINEXT";
-    case 0x0225: return "WM_MDIMAXIMIZE";
-    case 0x0226: return "WM_MDITILE";
-    case 0x0227: return "WM_MDICASCADE";
-    case 0x0228: return "WM_MDIICONARRANGE";
-    case 0x0229: return "WM_MDIGETACTIVE";
-    case 0x0230: return "WM_MDISETMENU";
-    case 0x0233: return "WM_DROPFILES";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-    case 0x0281: return "WM_IME_SETCONTEXT";
-    case 0x0282: return "WM_IME_NOTIFY";
-    case 0x0283: return "WM_IME_CONTROL";
-    case 0x0284: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL";
-    case 0x0285: return "WM_IME_SELECT";
-    case 0x0286: return "WM_IME_CHAR";
-    case 0x0290: return "WM_IME_KEYDOWN";
-    case 0x0291: return "WM_IME_KEYUP";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-    case 0x0300: return "WM_CUT";
-    case 0x0301: return "WM_COPY";
-    case 0x0302: return "WM_PASTE";
-    case 0x0303: return "WM_CLEAR";
-    case 0x0304: return "WM_UNDO";
-    case 0x0305: return "WM_RENDERFORMAT";
-    case 0x0306: return "WM_RENDERALLFORMATS";
-    case 0x0307: return "WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x0308: return "WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x0309: return "WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x030A: return "WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x030B: return "WM_SIZECLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x030C: return "WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME";
-    case 0x030D: return "WM_CHANGECBCHAIN";
-    case 0x030E: return "WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x030F: return "WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE";
-    case 0x0310: return "WM_PALETTEISCHANGING";
-    case 0x0311: return "WM_PALETTECHANGED";
+        return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam);
+    };

 
 

-#ifdef __WIN32__
-        // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
-        // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
+private:
+    static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc;

 
 

-        // listview
-    case 0x1000 + 0: return "LVM_GETBKCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 1: return "LVM_SETBKCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 2: return "LVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1000 + 3: return "LVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1000 + 4: return "LVM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-    case 0x1000 + 5: return "LVM_GETITEMA";
-    case 0x1000 + 75: return "LVM_GETITEMW";
-    case 0x1000 + 6: return "LVM_SETITEMA";
-    case 0x1000 + 76: return "LVM_SETITEMW";
-    case 0x1000 + 7: return "LVM_INSERTITEMA";
-    case 0x1000 + 77: return "LVM_INSERTITEMW";
-    case 0x1000 + 8: return "LVM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x1000 + 9: return "LVM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-    case 0x1000 + 10: return "LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK";
-    case 0x1000 + 11: return "LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK";
-    case 0x1000 + 12: return "LVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-    case 0x1000 + 13: return "LVM_FINDITEMA";
-    case 0x1000 + 83: return "LVM_FINDITEMW";
-    case 0x1000 + 14: return "LVM_GETITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1000 + 15: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION";
-    case 0x1000 + 16: return "LVM_GETITEMPOSITION";
-    case 0x1000 + 17: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA";
-    case 0x1000 + 87: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW";
-    case 0x1000 + 18: return "LVM_HITTEST";
-    case 0x1000 + 19: return "LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-    case 0x1000 + 20: return "LVM_SCROLL";
-    case 0x1000 + 21: return "LVM_REDRAWITEMS";
-    case 0x1000 + 22: return "LVM_ARRANGE";
-    case 0x1000 + 23: return "LVM_EDITLABELA";
-    case 0x1000 + 118: return "LVM_EDITLABELW";
-    case 0x1000 + 24: return "LVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-    case 0x1000 + 25: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNA";
-    case 0x1000 + 95: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNW";
-    case 0x1000 + 26: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNA";
-    case 0x1000 + 96: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNW";
-    case 0x1000 + 27: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA";
-    case 0x1000 + 97: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW";
-    case 0x1000 + 28: return "LVM_DELETECOLUMN";
-    case 0x1000 + 29: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-    case 0x1000 + 30: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-    case 0x1000 + 31: return "LVM_GETHEADER";
-    case 0x1000 + 33: return "LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-    case 0x1000 + 34: return "LVM_GETVIEWRECT";
-    case 0x1000 + 35: return "LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 36: return "LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 37: return "LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 38: return "LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 39: return "LVM_GETTOPINDEX";
-    case 0x1000 + 40: return "LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE";
-    case 0x1000 + 41: return "LVM_GETORIGIN";
-    case 0x1000 + 42: return "LVM_UPDATE";
-    case 0x1000 + 43: return "LVM_SETITEMSTATE";
-    case 0x1000 + 44: return "LVM_GETITEMSTATE";
-    case 0x1000 + 45: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTA";
-    case 0x1000 + 115: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTW";
-    case 0x1000 + 46: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTA";
-    case 0x1000 + 116: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTW";
-    case 0x1000 + 47: return "LVM_SETITEMCOUNT";
-    case 0x1000 + 48: return "LVM_SORTITEMS";
-    case 0x1000 + 49: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32";
-    case 0x1000 + 50: return "LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT";
-    case 0x1000 + 51: return "LVM_GETITEMSPACING";
-    case 0x1000 + 52: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-    case 0x1000 + 117: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-    case 0x1000 + 53: return "LVM_SETICONSPACING";
-    case 0x1000 + 54: return "LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-    case 0x1000 + 55: return "LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-    case 0x1000 + 56: return "LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1000 + 57: return "LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST";
-    case 0x1000 + 58: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-    case 0x1000 + 59: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-    case 0x1000 + 60: return "LVM_SETHOTITEM";
-    case 0x1000 + 61: return "LVM_GETHOTITEM";
-    case 0x1000 + 62: return "LVM_SETHOTCURSOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 63: return "LVM_GETHOTCURSOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 64: return "LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT";
-    case 0x1000 + 65: return "LVM_SETWORKAREA";
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule)
+};

 
 

-        // tree view
-    case 0x1100 + 0: return "TVM_INSERTITEMA";
-    case 0x1100 + 50: return "TVM_INSERTITEMW";
-    case 0x1100 + 1: return "TVM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x1100 + 2: return "TVM_EXPAND";
-    case 0x1100 + 4: return "TVM_GETITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1100 + 5: return "TVM_GETCOUNT";
-    case 0x1100 + 6: return "TVM_GETINDENT";
-    case 0x1100 + 7: return "TVM_SETINDENT";
-    case 0x1100 + 8: return "TVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1100 + 9: return "TVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1100 + 10: return "TVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-    case 0x1100 + 11: return "TVM_SELECTITEM";
-    case 0x1100 + 12: return "TVM_GETITEMA";
-    case 0x1100 + 62: return "TVM_GETITEMW";
-    case 0x1100 + 13: return "TVM_SETITEMA";
-    case 0x1100 + 63: return "TVM_SETITEMW";
-    case 0x1100 + 14: return "TVM_EDITLABELA";
-    case 0x1100 + 65: return "TVM_EDITLABELW";
-    case 0x1100 + 15: return "TVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-    case 0x1100 + 16: return "TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT";
-    case 0x1100 + 17: return "TVM_HITTEST";
-    case 0x1100 + 18: return "TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-    case 0x1100 + 19: return "TVM_SORTCHILDREN";
-    case 0x1100 + 20: return "TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-    case 0x1100 + 21: return "TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB";
-    case 0x1100 + 22: return "TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW";
-    case 0x1100 + 23: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-    case 0x1100 + 64: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-    case 0x1100 + 24: return "TVM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-    case 0x1100 + 25: return "TVM_GETTOOLTIPS";
+HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0;

 
 

-        // header
-    case 0x1200 + 0: return "HDM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-    case 0x1200 + 1: return "HDM_INSERTITEMA";
-    case 0x1200 + 10: return "HDM_INSERTITEMW";
-    case 0x1200 + 2: return "HDM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x1200 + 3: return "HDM_GETITEMA";
-    case 0x1200 + 11: return "HDM_GETITEMW";
-    case 0x1200 + 4: return "HDM_SETITEMA";
-    case 0x1200 + 12: return "HDM_SETITEMW";
-    case 0x1200 + 5: return "HDM_LAYOUT";
-    case 0x1200 + 6: return "HDM_HITTEST";
-    case 0x1200 + 7: return "HDM_GETITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1200 + 8: return "HDM_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1200 + 9: return "HDM_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1200 + 15: return "HDM_ORDERTOINDEX";
-    case 0x1200 + 16: return "HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-    case 0x1200 + 17: return "HDM_GETORDERARRAY";
-    case 0x1200 + 18: return "HDM_SETORDERARRAY";
-    case 0x1200 + 19: return "HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER";
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule)

 
 

-        // tab control
-    case 0x1300 + 2: return "TCM_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1300 + 3: return "TCM_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1300 + 4: return "TCM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-    case 0x1300 + 5: return "TCM_GETITEMA";
-    case 0x1300 + 60: return "TCM_GETITEMW";
-    case 0x1300 + 6: return "TCM_SETITEMA";
-    case 0x1300 + 61: return "TCM_SETITEMW";
-    case 0x1300 + 7: return "TCM_INSERTITEMA";
-    case 0x1300 + 62: return "TCM_INSERTITEMW";
-    case 0x1300 + 8: return "TCM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x1300 + 9: return "TCM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-    case 0x1300 + 10: return "TCM_GETITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1300 + 11: return "TCM_GETCURSEL";
-    case 0x1300 + 12: return "TCM_SETCURSEL";
-    case 0x1300 + 13: return "TCM_HITTEST";
-    case 0x1300 + 14: return "TCM_SETITEMEXTRA";
-    case 0x1300 + 40: return "TCM_ADJUSTRECT";
-    case 0x1300 + 41: return "TCM_SETITEMSIZE";
-    case 0x1300 + 42: return "TCM_REMOVEIMAGE";
-    case 0x1300 + 43: return "TCM_SETPADDING";
-    case 0x1300 + 44: return "TCM_GETROWCOUNT";
-    case 0x1300 + 45: return "TCM_GETTOOLTIPS";
-    case 0x1300 + 46: return "TCM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-    case 0x1300 + 47: return "TCM_GETCURFOCUS";
-    case 0x1300 + 48: return "TCM_SETCURFOCUS";
-    case 0x1300 + 49: return "TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH";
-    case 0x1300 + 50: return "TCM_DESELECTALL";
+#endif // __WXWINCE__

 
 

-        // toolbar
-    case WM_USER+1: return "TB_ENABLEBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+2: return "TB_CHECKBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+3: return "TB_PRESSBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+4: return "TB_HIDEBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+5: return "TB_INDETERMINATE";
-    case WM_USER+9: return "TB_ISBUTTONENABLED";
-    case WM_USER+10: return "TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED";
-    case WM_USER+11: return "TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED";
-    case WM_USER+12: return "TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN";
-    case WM_USER+13: return "TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE";
-    case WM_USER+17: return "TB_SETSTATE";
-    case WM_USER+18: return "TB_GETSTATE";
-    case WM_USER+19: return "TB_ADDBITMAP";
-    case WM_USER+20: return "TB_ADDBUTTONS";
-    case WM_USER+21: return "TB_INSERTBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+22: return "TB_DELETEBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+23: return "TB_GETBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+24: return "TB_BUTTONCOUNT";
-    case WM_USER+25: return "TB_COMMANDTOINDEX";
-    case WM_USER+26: return "TB_SAVERESTOREA";
-    case WM_USER+76: return "TB_SAVERESTOREW";
-    case WM_USER+27: return "TB_CUSTOMIZE";
-    case WM_USER+28: return "TB_ADDSTRINGA";
-    case WM_USER+77: return "TB_ADDSTRINGW";
-    case WM_USER+29: return "TB_GETITEMRECT";
-    case WM_USER+30: return "TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+31: return "TB_SETBUTTONSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+32: return "TB_SETBITMAPSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+33: return "TB_AUTOSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+35: return "TB_GETTOOLTIPS";
-    case WM_USER+36: return "TB_SETTOOLTIPS";
-    case WM_USER+37: return "TB_SETPARENT";
-    case WM_USER+39: return "TB_SETROWS";
-    case WM_USER+40: return "TB_GETROWS";
-    case WM_USER+42: return "TB_SETCMDID";
-    case WM_USER+43: return "TB_CHANGEBITMAP";
-    case WM_USER+44: return "TB_GETBITMAP";
-    case WM_USER+45: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA";
-    case WM_USER+75: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW";
-    case WM_USER+46: return "TB_REPLACEBITMAP";
-    case WM_USER+47: return "TB_SETINDENT";
-    case WM_USER+48: return "TB_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+49: return "TB_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+50: return "TB_LOADIMAGES";
-    case WM_USER+51: return "TB_GETRECT";
-    case WM_USER+52: return "TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+53: return "TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+54: return "TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+55: return "TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+56: return "TB_SETSTYLE";
-    case WM_USER+57: return "TB_GETSTYLE";
-    case WM_USER+58: return "TB_GETBUTTONSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+59: return "TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH";
-    case WM_USER+60: return "TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS";
-    case WM_USER+61: return "TB_GETTEXTROWS";
-    case WM_USER+41: return "TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS";
-
-#endif //WIN32
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__

 
 

-    default:
-        static char s_szBuf[128];
-        sprintf(s_szBuf, "<unknown message = %d>", message);
-        return s_szBuf;
-  }
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent)
+{
+    if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox)))
+    {
+        // Set the z-order correctly
+        SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE);
+    }
+
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while (current)
+    {
+        wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();
+        wxAdjustZOrder(childWin);
+        current = current->GetNext();
+    }

 }
 }

-#endif //__WXDEBUG__
+#endif
+
+// We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to
+// make 'contained' controls visible
+void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event )
+{
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+    wxAdjustZOrder(this);
+#endif
+
+    event.Skip();
+}
+#endif